Design Standards HOTEL March2006

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPACE PLANNING AND DESIGN CRITERIA

NOTE: THE STANDARDS MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROJECT SPECIFIC DESIGN BRIEF. SHOULD THERE BE ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE TWO DOCUMENTS, THEN THE PROJECT SPECIFIC DESIGN BRIEF WILL TAKE PRECEDENCE.

A.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................1 1.

4.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................................................1 1.1. Model Guestrooms ......................................................................................................................1 1.2. Guarantees...................................................................................................................................1 1.3. Substantial Completion Documentation......................................................................................1 1.4. Catalogue Cuts and Shop Drawing Requirements ......................................................................3 PRE-OPENING, OCCUPATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................4 2.1. General ........................................................................................................................................4 2.2. Pre-Opening Offices....................................................................................................................5 2.3. Installation and Occupation Schedule .........................................................................................6 TURNOVER PROCEDURES GUEST ROOMS & GUEST FLOORS .............................................................................7 3.1. Summary .....................................................................................................................................7 3.2. Model Rooms ..............................................................................................................................7 3.3. Procedures ...................................................................................................................................8 3.4. Inspection Checklist ....................................................................................................................9 3.5. Model Rooms Manual.................................................................................................................9 3.6. Guest Room Inspection Checklists............................................................................................10 3.7. Inspection Report – Entrance Vestibule ....................................................................................11 3.8. Inspection Report - Closet.........................................................................................................12 3.9. Inspection Report - Bathroom ...................................................................................................13 3.10. Inspection Report – Bathroom Accessories...............................................................................14 3.11. Inspection Report - Guestroom .................................................................................................15 3.12. Inspection Report – Fan Coil Unit ............................................................................................16 3.13. Inspection Report - Plumbing....................................................................................................17 3.14. Inspection Report – Heating & Ventilation...............................................................................18 3.15. Inspection Report - Electrical....................................................................................................19 3.16. Sample Guest Room Punch List................................................................................................20 OUTLINE OF RESPONSIBILITIES......................................................................................................................21

5.

CLASSIFICATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES ..........................................................................................................36

2.

3.

B.

PUBLIC AREAS.........................................................................................................................53 1.

LOBBY AND CIRCULATION .............................................................................................................................53 1.1. Main Entrance and Lobby .........................................................................................................53 1.2. Registration and Check-out .......................................................................................................54 1.3. Concierge ..................................................................................................................................55

REV. MARCH 2006 © 2002, Fairmont Hotels and Resorts. All Rights Reserved.

-1-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.5. 1.6. 1.7. 1.8. 1.9. 1.10.

2.

3.

4.

5.

C.

Doorman’s Stand.......................................................................................................................56 Parking Cashier .........................................................................................................................56 Luggage Room ..........................................................................................................................56 Business Centre .........................................................................................................................57 Public Washrooms.....................................................................................................................57 Functional Diagram: Lobby and Circulation.............................................................................59 FOOD AND BEVERAGE ....................................................................................................................................60 2.1. Lobby Lounge ...........................................................................................................................60 2.2. Lobby Bar..................................................................................................................................60 2.3. Entertainment Bar and Lounge..................................................................................................60 2.4. Three Meal Restaurant ..............................................................................................................61 2.5. Specialty Restaurant..................................................................................................................62 2.6. Functional Diagram: Food and Beverage..................................................................................63 RECREATIONAL AREAS ..................................................................................................................................64 3.1. Health Club Reception ..............................................................................................................64 3.2. Guest Lounge ............................................................................................................................64 3.3. Guest Luggage Storeroom.........................................................................................................65 3.4. Health Club General Requirements...........................................................................................65 3.5. Locker Rooms ...........................................................................................................................65 3.6. Massage Rooms.........................................................................................................................66 3.7. Herbal Wrap Rooms..................................................................................................................66 3.8. Wet Treatment Rooms ..............................................................................................................67 3.9. Sauna Room ..............................................................................................................................67 3.10. Steam Room ..............................................................................................................................67 3.11. Janitor’s Closet..........................................................................................................................67 3.12. Swimming Pools and Whirlpool ...............................................................................................68 3.13. Outdoor Recreational Facilities.................................................................................................70 3.14. Indoor Recreational Facilities ...................................................................................................71 3.15. Arcade & Computer Games ......................................................................................................72 RETAIL ...................................................................................................................................................73 4.1. Retail Shops ..............................................................................................................................73 4.2. Beauty Salon .............................................................................................................................74 BALLROOMS AND MEETING ROOMS ................................................................................................................75 5.1. General Requirements ...............................................................................................................75 5.2. Ballroom Pre-function Space ....................................................................................................75 5.3. Ballroom Foyer Requirements ..................................................................................................76 5.4. Main Ballroom Requirements ...................................................................................................76 5.5. Junior Ballroom.........................................................................................................................78 5.6. Meeting Rooms .........................................................................................................................78 5.7. Meeting Planners Room ...........................................................................................................79 5.8. Boardrooms ...............................................................................................................................79 5.9. Conference Facility Storage ......................................................................................................80 5.10. Functional Diagram: Conference Facilities...............................................................................81 5.11. Public Areas Standards Details .................................................................................................82

GUESTROOM AREAS .............................................................................................................109 1.

CORRIDORS AND CIRCULATION ...................................................................................................................109 1.1. General Requirements .............................................................................................................109 1.2. Elevator Lobby........................................................................................................................109 1.3. Guestroom Support .................................................................................................................110 1.4. Location...................................................................................................................................112


-2-

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS 2.

3.

4.

D.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

STANDARD GUESTROOMS ............................................................................................................................113 2.1. General Requirements .............................................................................................................113 2.2. Guestroom Areas.....................................................................................................................113 2.3. Bedroom Area .........................................................................................................................113 2.4. Bathroom Area ........................................................................................................................114 2.5. Clear Ceiling heights...............................................................................................................114 2.6. Entry Door...............................................................................................................................114 2.7. Bathroom Doors ......................................................................................................................114 2.8. Connecting Doors....................................................................................................................114 2.9. Closets .....................................................................................................................................115 2.10. Windows .................................................................................................................................115 2.11. Mechanical and Electrical .......................................................................................................116 2.12. Personal Bar ............................................................................................................................117 2.13. Guest Bathroom ......................................................................................................................117 2.14. Water Closet............................................................................................................................118 2.15. Lanais and Terraces.................................................................................................................119 2.16. Barrier-Free Guestrooms.........................................................................................................119 2.17. Washroom Accessories ...........................................................................................................121 FAIRMONT GOLD GUESTROOMS, LOBBY AND LOUNGE ...............................................................................122 3.1. General Requirements .............................................................................................................122 3.2. Guestrooms .............................................................................................................................122 3.3. Elevator Lobby and Lounge ....................................................................................................122 3.4. Fairmont Gold Pantry..............................................................................................................123 SUITES .................................................................................................................................................124 4.1. General Requirements .............................................................................................................124 4.2. Modular Requirements ............................................................................................................124 4.3 Outline of Finishes and Materials ...........................................................................................125 4.4. Guest Area Standards Details..................................................................................................129

BACK-OF-HOUSE ...................................................................................................................138 1.

2.

OFFICE AREAS .............................................................................................................................................138 1.1. Front Desk Support .................................................................................................................138 1.2. Executive Office, Administration, Accounting and Security ..................................................138 1.3. Human Resources....................................................................................................................139 1.4. Outline of Finishes and Materials ...........................................................................................141 1.5. General Requirements .............................................................................................................144 1.6. Standard Lighting Fixtures.......................................................................................................148 1.7. Other Offices...........................................................................................................................148 1.8. Minimum Finished Ceiling Heights: .......................................................................................151 1.9. Garbage Compact Room .........................................................................................................151 1.10. Maintenance Areas..................................................................................................................152 1.11. Paint Shop ...............................................................................................................................154 1.12. Carpentry Shop........................................................................................................................154 EMPLOYEE FACILITIES .................................................................................................................................155 2.1. Employee Entrance .................................................................................................................155 2.2. Security Office ........................................................................................................................155 2.3. Primary Service Corridor ........................................................................................................156 2.4. Men’s and Women’s Locker Rooms.......................................................................................156 2.5. Employee Cafeteria .................................................................................................................157 2.6. Employee Washrooms.............................................................................................................157 2.7. First Aid Station ......................................................................................................................157 2.8. Training Room, Staff Meeting Room......................................................................................157


-3-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.9.

3.

4.

5.

E.

Functional Diagram: Employee Facilities Layout..................................................................159 HOUSEKEEPING, LAUNDRY & VALET ..........................................................................................................160 3.1. General Requirements .............................................................................................................160 3.2. Night Cleaner’s Storeroom......................................................................................................165 3.3. Functional Diagram : Typical Layout for Housekeeping & Laundry.....................................166 KITCHEN AND FOOD PREPARATION .............................................................................................................167 4.1. General Requirements .............................................................................................................167 4.2. Storage ....................................................................................................................................167 4.3. Room Service ..........................................................................................................................168 4.4. Flower Work Room.................................................................................................................168 RECEIVING AND PURCHASING ......................................................................................................................169 5.1. Loading Area...........................................................................................................................169 5.2. Offices .....................................................................................................................................170 5.3. Back-of-House Standards Details ...........................................................................................171

SERVICES AND SYSTEMS .......................................................................................................190 1. 2. 3.

4.

5. 6.

7.

MECHANICAL ...............................................................................................................................................190 1.1. General Requirements .............................................................................................................190 PLUMBING .................................................................................................................................................199 2.1. General Requirements .............................................................................................................199 ELECTRICAL .................................................................................................................................................201 3.1. General Requirements .............................................................................................................201 3.2. Dimming Equipment ...............................................................................................................204 3.3. Telephone System ...................................................................................................................205 3.4. Television System ...................................................................................................................210 3.5. Closed Circuit Television Security and Assistance Systems...................................................210 3.6. Background Music and AV Systems.......................................................................................211 ELEVATORS .................................................................................................................................................215 4.1. General Requirements Public Elevators..................................................................................215 4.2. Service Elevators.....................................................................................................................216 ELECTRONIC LOCKING SYSTEM ...................................................................................................................217 5.1. Services and Systems Standards Details .................................................................................219 TECHNOLOGY SERVICES – DATA CABLING SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................221 6.1. Equipment Price Breakdown....................................................................................................221 6.2. Summary of Project..................................................................................................................222 6.3 Specification Summary ............................................................................................................224 6.4 Food & Beverage Point of Sales Cabling.................................................................................226 6.5 Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) ....................................................................................227 6.6. Network Equipment .................................................................................................................228 6.7. Uninterruptable Power/Dedicated Power .................................................................................228 6.8 Vendor Qualification................................................................................................................228 6.9. Reference Standards.................................................................................................................230 6.10. Warranties ................................................................................................................................230 6.11. Vendor Submittals....................................................................................................................231 6.12. Testing Requirements...............................................................................................................232 TECHNOLOGY SERVICES – PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................................................233 7.1. Cabling Overview ....................................................................................................................233 7.2. Horizontal Cabling ...................................................................................................................234 7.3. Cross-connect/Interconnect Systems........................................................................................235


-4-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

7.4. 7.5.

8.

F.

Data Communications Outlets..................................................................................................236 Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling System .................................................................................238 TECHNOLOGY SERVICES – COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS ...............................................................................240 8.1. Room Specifications ................................................................................................................240

APPENDICES ...........................................................................................................................243

1.

2.

HARDWARE .................................................................................................................................................243 1.1. General Requirements .............................................................................................................243 1.2. Submittals to Fairmont Hotels & Resorts (FHR) ....................................................................244 1.3. Quality Assurance ...................................................................................................................245 1.4. Approved Manufacturers.........................................................................................................245 1.5 Hardware Designation.............................................................................................................247 1.6. Materials and Fabrication........................................................................................................248 1.7. Hinges, Butts, and Pivots ........................................................................................................248 1.8. Lock Cylinder and Keying ......................................................................................................249 1.9. Key Control System ................................................................................................................250 1.10 Locks, Latches, and Bolts........................................................................................................250 1.11 Door Trim Units ......................................................................................................................251 1.12. Hardware for Sliding Doors ....................................................................................................251 1.13 Weatherstripping and Seals .....................................................................................................251 1.14 Thresholds ...............................................................................................................................251 1.15 Hardware finishes....................................................................................................................251 1.16 Installation...............................................................................................................................252 1.17 Adjusting, Cleaning, and Demonstrating ................................................................................252 1.18 Hardware Schedule .................................................................................................................253 1.19 TimeLox Locking System Requirements ................................................................................253 TYPICAL HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS (PER DOOR) BY LOCATION ...............................................................257 2.1. Guestroom Entry Door:...........................................................................................................257 2.2. Guestroom Sliding Balcony Door: ..........................................................................................257 2.3 Guestroom Balcony French Door (Pair): ................................................................................257 2.4 Guestroom Bathroom Door:....................................................................................................258 2.5. Guestroom Water Closet Door:...............................................................................................258 2.6. Guestroom Connecting Door: .................................................................................................258 2.7. Guestroom Closet Door (Single):............................................................................................259 2.8. Guestroom Closet Doors (Pair): ..............................................................................................259 2.9. Gold Wing Guestroom Corridor Entry Doors (Pair): ..............................................................259 2.10 Gold Lounge Entry Doors (Pair): ............................................................................................259 2.11 Maids’ Closet, Pantry, Computer Room and Secured Storage Room Doors: .........................260 2.12 Janitors’ Closet Doors: ............................................................................................................260 2.13 Guestrooms’ Ice Machine Room Door: ..................................................................................260 2.14 Hotel Main Entry Doors (Pair):...............................................................................................260 2.15 Guest Safety Deposit Box Door: .............................................................................................261 2.16 Public Washroom Entry Door: ................................................................................................261 2.17 Public Washroom Stall Door:..................................................................................................261 2.18 Ballroom and Meeting Room Entry Doors – (Pair with standard exiting devices): ................262 2.20 Ballroom and Meeting Room Service Doors (Pair): ...............................................................262 2.21 Security Office (Dutch) Door:.................................................................................................263 2.22 Head Cashier’s Office Door:...................................................................................................263 2.23 Back-of-House Office Doors: .................................................................................................263 2.24 Housekeeping Office (Dutch) Door: .......................................................................................264 2.25 Staff Main Entry Door: ...........................................................................................................264 2.26 Staff Change Room Entry Door: .............................................................................................264 2.27 Kitchen Entry (off Service corridor) Doors:............................................................................265


-5-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.28 2.29 2.30 2.31

3.

4.

Flower Shop Door: ..................................................................................................................265 Health Club and Spa Treatment Entry Door: ..........................................................................265 Maintenance Entry Doors (Pair): ............................................................................................266 Mechanical and Electrical Entry Doors (Pair):........................................................................266 MECHANICAL QUESTIONNAIRE ....................................................................................................................267 DESIGN CRITERIA ...............................................................................................................................267 MAIN SYSTEMS....................................................................................................................................267 ELECTRICAL QUESTIONNAIRE ......................................................................................................................275 DESIGN CRITERIA AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS...................................................................275 SYSTEMS ...............................................................................................................................................275 SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................................288

Note: All metric conversions are approximate.


-6-


A.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

1.


1.1.


Model Guestrooms The contractor shall construct one standard guestroom and one connecting double double, together with a guestroom corridor the length of both guestrooms, complete with all finishes and shall alter and adapt them as required at no additional cost to Fairmont Hotels & Resorts. They will be constructed minimum eighteen month prior to completion of the construction of the hotel and will be constructed off-site in space provided by Owner and will remain in their completed state until equivalent rooms are complete and safely accessible for sales personnel and guests on site In addition, the contractor shall finish out complete with furniture the first available standard guestroom and double-double in the hotel. These rooms will be finished as soon as possible including temporary waterproofing, etc.

1.2.

Guarantees The contractor shall guarantee the building free from defects for a period of not less than one year with the exception of the items included in these Design Standards for which a longer guarantee period is specified.

1.3.

Substantial Completion Documentation On substantial completion Fairmont Hotels & Resorts shall be provided with the following maintenance information either bound or in electronic format: a)

Two sets of architectural, mechanical, electrical and interior design “as built” drawings. Drawings shall be on CD’s with hard copies on Mylar and shall be individually bound and clipped in sets

b)

Two bound summaries of all sub contracts awarded on the project detailing type of sub contract to show the name, address and telephone number of each contractor

c)

Two-framed valve charts listing each valve by number, system and function.

Three months prior to substantial completion, Fairmont Hotels & Resorts shall be provided with the following:


-1-



Substantial Completion Documentation (continued)

a)

Two sets of operating and maintenance manuals for all mechanical and electrical equipment, kitchen and laundry equipment and IT equipment. The manuals shall include shop drawings, descriptive and technical data, maintenance and operating procedures, wiring diagrams, spare parts list, local supplier for spare parts, local service representatives, etc. Manuals shall be assembled in 2” (5 cm) black loose-leaf binders clearly identified as to their contents.

b)

Two sets of manufacturers recommended maintenance procedures for all architectural and interior design materials. Each set of maintenance procedures shall be bound and indexed in a loose-leaf folder.


-2-

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS 1.4.


Catalogue Cuts and Shop Drawing Requirements

Description

Date Received

Date Approved

Fixture Cuts Plumbing fixtures and trim Light fixtures and accessories Supply and return air grilles Bathroom exhaust grilles Access panels Guestroom thermostat and ceiling fan control switch Washroom accessories Life safety accessories Sprinkler head and escutcheon Shop Drawings and Cuts Millwork drawings for doorman’s station front/cashiers/concierge and health club reception, retail and back-of-house millwork (all millwork relating to operational functions) Elevators and accessories Signage


-3-


2.1.


PRE-OPENING, OCCUPATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

General The construction company is required to provide the following services: a)

Fairmont Hotels & Resorts will be permitted to occupy the building in stages as it is completed for the purpose of installing the FF&E The contractor will be responsible for providing Fairmont Hotels & Resorts with the following services at no cost during the FF&E installation program: i)

Heating, cooling and humidity control as required to protect the FF&E

ii)

Temporary Lighting

iii)

Completely clean all areas of the building prior to hand over to Fairmont Hotels & Resorts including interior and exterior glass, all finishes, vacuuming all floors, polishing all mirrors, chrome, plumbing fixtures, etc.

iv)

Removing from a central point on each floor all packing cases, boxes, wrapping, off-cuts, etc. brought into the building by Fairmont Hotels & Resorts.

v)

Exclusive use of at least two elevators during normal working hours and exclusive use of at least three elevators outside these hours including providing all necessary elevator operators.

b)

All areas must be fully operational and completely free of deficiencies when turned over to Fairmont Hotels & Resorts.

c)

Where an area includes equipment, including specialty equipment supplied and installed under an FF&E contract, all equipment must be connected, tested, and fully operational when turned over to Fairmont Hotels & Resorts, including: i)

Food and beverage equipment

ii)

Laundry and valet equipment

iii)

Computer equipment

iv)

Telephone equipment

v)

Garbage compaction equipment

The construction contractor is responsible for coordinating with the specialty equipment contractors, and Fairmont Hotels & Resorts, to ensure these requirements are met.


-4-



Occupation and Installation Requirements (continued)

2.2.

d)

Entire guestroom floors must be turned over at one time, including all guestrooms, corridors, suites, and service areas

e)

A fully detailed turnover program detailing individual areas will be prepared and coordinated with the construction company, nine months prior to opening and will include FF&E staging areas, FF&E access routes, security etc.

f)

It is the Owner’s and construction contractor’s responsibility to obtain all necessary temporary or partial occupancy certificates.

Pre-Opening Offices Hotel staffing generally commences about fifteen to eighteen months prior to opening and therefore offices are required off the construction site until the administrative offices in the hotel are available for occupancy (8 weeks prior to opening). The following are the design requirements for the off-site offices which do not form part of the General Contractors work. 1.

Area Approximately 2,500 ft2 , excluding circulation. If the Sales Office and the Executive Office are adjacent, separate meeting rooms, washrooms, and copy and beverage areas are not necessary.

2.

Office Requirements Construction and furnishing specifications will be the same as for the hotel administration offices.

3.

Parking Adequate well illuminated parking for both staff and visitors.

4.

Washroom Fully functional, code compliant washrooms are required with the hose bib adjacent to vanity for housekeeping. Provide a small janitors room (30 ft2).

5.

Beverage Area This area requires full size fridge, sink with counter and cabinets above and below, space and electrical for coffee machine, microwave oven and dishwasher.

6.

Copy Room Provide a full size copying machine, counter with open storage shelving above and below, wall phone, fax machine and postage machine.


-5-



Installation and Occupation Schedule

Area

Weeks Required Prior to Opening

Elevators #1, #2 (Service)

18

Guestroom Floors: (first two floors or 15% of rooms)

18

Main Entry or Truck Dock

18*

Housekeeping/Laundry/Valet

12

Maintenance/Engineering

12

Receiving/Storage

12

Staff Cafeteria

10

Administration Offices

8

Ballroom

8

Computer Room

8

Front Desk

8

Front Office

8

Main Kitchen

8

Meeting Rooms and Circulation/Pre-Function Area

8

Dining: 3 Meal Dining/Specialty Dining

7

Banquet Kitchen

6

Staff Locker Rooms

6

Retail

6

Guestroom Floors: (last two floors – no later than)

4

Deli/Café

3

Lobby Lounge/Bar

3

Elevator (Passenger)

2

Lobby

1 * For access to elevators


-6-


3.1.


TURNOVER PROCEDURES GUEST ROOMS & GUEST FLOORS

Summary The purpose of this document is to provide direction to the opening team in expediting and simplifying the acceptance and turnover process of guestrooms and guest floors from the contractor to the owner for the installation of FF&E. By working with the owner in this acceptance process, we can expect to reduce the time required to punch list or “snag” the rooms and give the contractor the information required to bring the guestrooms and floors up to a standard to which Fairmont Hotels & Resorts can accept. By establishing these standards and criteria with the owner and contractor well in advance of turnover, it is likely that most deficiencies can be corrected during the initial “snag”, thus allowing the owner to accept rooms that will require minimal additional work to achieve Fairmont Hotels & Resorts Standards. The typical acceptance process has the owner, architects and various consultants inspecting the guestrooms and guest floors and identifying deficiencies or variances to the project specifications. A “punch list” is developed and issued to the contractor for his action. This punch list becomes a road map for the contractor and once complete allows the owner to accept the owner to accept the room for the installation of FF&E. Upon completion of the FF&E installation, the owner offers the room to Fairmont Hotels & Resorts for final acceptance. The Fairmont Hotels & Resorts operations team then re-inspects the room and issues a second punch list of deficiencies which the owner must have corrected. The difficulty usually lies in that additional architectural deficiencies are identified at this stage by Fairmont Hotels & Resorts, which could have and should have been identified in the initial inspection. Typically, the contractor is reluctant to perform additional work after the owner has accepted the room. This does not include damage to the room as a result of this FF&E installation. Repair to rooms that have been damaged by the installation of FF&E is handled as a separate repair program by the owner and would be a billable repair by the contractor. Therefore, the goal of this program and its procedures is to minimize the number of architectural deficiencies identified in the second “snag”.

3.2.

Model Rooms The Model Rooms once completed and approved for their architecture, finishes, MEP and FF&E, shall serve as the standard that the contractor must meet in all guestrooms. The snagging process shall focus on variances in the guestrooms being turned over from the approved model room. Where the guestroom conforms substantially to the model rooms architecturally, the snagging process should be limited to finishes, FF&E and MEP items.


-7-



Procedures The Hotel’s Director of Engineering, the Fairmont Design and Construction Manager, and the FF&E Coordinator will all participate in the initial snagging of a representative sample of guestrooms along with the owner’s representatives, the architect, consultants and the general contractor. The purpose of this joint effort is to establish a standard for both the contractor and the owner’s representatives who will perform the majority of the snagging. It is the intention of this program that Fairmont Hotels & Resorts participate in the initial snagging of about 5% of the guestrooms. The tools required for snagging are: • • • • •

Small torpedo level Electric socket tester Tape measure Snag checklist Model room manual

The room will be reviewed from two perspectives. 1. Architecturally Doors and Hardware Window millwork Finishes, fixtures and accessories 2. Mechanical, Electric and Plumbing HVAC Plumbing fittings and fixtures Lighting and power All punch list items are to be detailed in written format according to the above categories. Each item is to be numbered and the deficiency clearly identified using reference to the model room manual as necessary. Attached is a sample punch list, which can serve as a model.


-8-



Inspection Checklist Mechanical, Electric and Plumbing: Electric • • • • •

All switches and outlets functional and properly installed All 3 way switches functional Designated switch/outlets relationship correct Circuit breakers all labeled All light bulbs and fixtures are functional and properly installed

Plumbing • • • • • • • • •

Hardware and fixtures securely mounted and functional Toilet operates properly Sink and tub stopper operation Hot and cold lines are correct and properly designated Shower mixing valve operates properly Hand-held shower/diverter valve functional Tub fixtures operate properly and tub porcelain is free from defects All drains are clear and flowing Proper access to all shut off valves

HVAC • • • • • • • • • 3.5.

Fan coil is fully functional Heating Cooling Fan operates on all settings Dehumidification – unit sizing as per schedule Noise levels as per design standards Fan coil has proper access for repairs and maintenance Fan coil has had all PM required and new filter Toilet exhaust is functional

Model Rooms Manual Once approved, the model rooms shall serve as the reference for construction of the typical rooms. Once approved, a manual shall be produced by the architect that documents all of the requirements of the model room. This manual can be utilized as a reference in the room acceptance process. The manual shall contain:


-9-



Model Room Manual (continued) • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

3.6.

Architectural layout Furniture plan and specifications Millwork detail shop drawings Electric schematic and rough in locations Electric equipment cut-sheets Data/Com schematics and rough in-locations Hardware schedules and cut-sheets Plumbing schedules and cut-sheets Door and window cut-sheets Finish schedule; paint carpet, marble, etc. Fan coil schedule and cut-sheets Lighting fixture schedules and cut-sheets Fire protection schematic and cut-sheets FF & E schedule and cut-sheets, mini bar, room safe, etc.

Guest Room Inspection Checklists Attached are the Guestroom Inspection and Guestroom MEP Inspection Checklists. These checklists shall be used when inspecting rooms for acceptance and through to room turnover to operations. These lists shall form the basis of any punch list.


- 10 -



Inspection Report – Entrance Vestibule

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS GUESTROOM INSPECTION REPORT HOTEL:_____________________

INSPECTION DATE _________________

ROOM # _____________________ ENTRANCE VESTIBULE ACCEPT

REJECT

REINSPECT

DOOR DOOR FRAME DOOR HARDWARE AND LOCK CEILING ACCESS PANEL GRILLE LIGHT FIXTURE/S WALLS SWITCH/ES BASE & MOLDINGS FLOORING/CARPET GENERAL

COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________

NAME: _______________________________


- 11 -



Inspection Report - Closet

CLOSET ACCEPT

REJECT

REINSPECT

DOOR DOOR FRAME DOOR HARDWARE CEILING ACCESS PANEL GRILLE LIGHT FIXTURE/S WALLS SWITCH/ES BASE & MOLDINGS FLOORING/CARPET WALL SAFE GENERAL

COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________

NAME: _______________________


- 12 -



Inspection Report - Bathroom

BATHROOM ACCEPT

REJECT

REINSPECT

DOOR DOOR FRAME DOOR HARDWARE CEILING ACCESS PANEL/S EXHAUST GRILLE LIGHT FIXTURE/S WALLS & WALLS COVERINGS SWITCH/ES BASE & MOLDINGS WALL TILES BATH TUB FLOOR TILES SHOWER GLASS SHOWER DRAIN GRAB BARS GENERAL

COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________

NAME: _______________________


- 13 -



Inspection Report – Bathroom Accessories

BATHROOM ACCESSORIES ACCEPT

REJECT

REINSPECT

BATH TUB SOAP DISH TOWEL BARS MIXING VALVE HAND HELD UNIT MIRRORS ELECTRIC OUTLETS TOILET PAPER HOLDER SPARE TOILET PAPER HOLDER ROBE HOOK SINK SINK HARDWARE VANITY TOP WATER CLOSET DRAINAGE FIXTURE AND VALVES GENERAL

COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________

NAME: _______________________


- 14 -



Inspection Report - Guestroom

GUESTROOM ACCEPT

REJECT

REINSPECT

CEILING WINDOWS WALLS GRILLE/S THERMOSTAT RECEPTACLES BASE & MOLDINGS FLOORS/CARPET WALLCOVERINGS CONNECTING DOORS/FRAMES/HARDWARE GENERAL

COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________

NAME: _______________________


- 15 -



Inspection Report – Fan Coil Unit FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS GUESTROOM INSPECTION REPORT

HOTEL:_____________________

INSPECTION DATE _________________

ROOM # _____________________ FAN COIL UNIT ACCEPT

REJECT

REINSPECT

ACCESS PROVIDED FOR ALL VALVES ACCESS PROVIDED TO ALL CONTROLS ACCESS PROVIDED FOR FAN MOTOR MAINTENANCE AIR VENTS INSTALLED AS REQUIRED AND ACCESSIBLE CONFIRM REMOVAL OF TEMPERATURE FILTER/S COIL CLEAN AND FINS UNDAMGED GRILLES ARE LEVEL AND PLUMB INSULATION COMPLETE AND AS PER SPECIFICATIONS OPERATION OF ALL VALVES CONFIRMED DRAIN PAN CHECKED FOR PITCH AND DRAINAGE FAN SPEED(S) OPERATION CONFIRMED NOISE LEVEL OF UNIT CHECKED AGAINST SPEC (35 NTC) OPERATION OF THERMOSTATS AND CONTROLS CONFIRMED

COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________

NAME: _______________________________


- 16 -



Inspection Report - Plumbing

PLUMBING ACCEPT

REJECT

REINSPECT

FIXTURES MOUNTED AT PROPER HEIGHTS FIXTURES LEVEL AND SECURE FIXTURES AND TRIM AS PER APPROVED SCHEDULES WATER CLOSET FLANGE INSTALLED PROPERLY CHECK WC INSTALLATION AND WATER FEEDS (LONG BEND) CHECK FOR DAMAGE TO FIXTURES AND PROCELAIN TEST CHECK OF ALL PLUMBING AND FIXTURES

COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________

NAME: _______________________________


- 17 -



Inspection Report – Heating & Ventilation

HEATING & VENTILATION ACCEPT

REJECT

REINSPECT

TOILET EXHAUST BOOT INSULATED EXHAUST GRILLE SQUARE AND SECURE PROPER AIR EXHAUST AS PER DESIGN ACCESS PROVIDED FOR ALL DAMPERS EXHAUST GRILLE LOCATION AS SPECIFIED CHECK DUCT WORK CONSTRUCTION & SEAL HEATING ELEMENT INSTALLED AS SPECIFIED FINS CLEAN AND FREE OF DAMAGE COVERS IN PLACE AND SECURE AUTOMATIC VALVES INSTALLED AND OPERATIONAL

COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________

NAME: _______________________________


- 18 -



Inspection Report - Electrical

ELECTRICAL ACCEPT

REJECT

REINSPECT

ALL ELECTRICAL TRIM AND FIXTURES AS PER SCHEDULES ALL TRIM AND FIXTURES INSTALLED AS PER DRAWINGS ALL ITEMS SECURE AND PROPERLY WIRED ALL ITEMS UL, CSA AND HYDRO APPROVED CONFIRM 3 WAY SWITCHING IF SPECIFIED CONFIRM OPERATION OF GFI’S IF SPECIFIED IN BATHROOM ROOM CIRCUIT BREAKERS LABELED

COMMENTS: ______________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________

NAME: _______________________________


- 19 -



Sample Guest Room Punch List Room #501

Inspector ________________

Date: 12/1/01 Doors 1. Door deadbolt not engaging freely. 2. Door frames chipped. Windows 1. Side window glass scratched 2. Lock not engaging Millwork 1. Molding chipped at bathroom door 2. Millwork damaged at closet entrance Finishes 1. Bath shower – missing grout 2. Paint chipped on bath ceiling Electric 1. Bedroom outlet not working 2. Wall switch at entrance not turning on floor lamp outlet 3. Circuit Breakers not labeled Plumbing 1. 2. 3. 4.

Shower drain clogged Shower Gooseneck loose and not caulked Toilet runs continuously Sink stopper not working

HVAC 1. Fan not working on low speed 2. Heat not working 3. Fan rattling on high speed.


- 20 -


4.


OUTLINE OF RESPONSIBILITIES


- 21 -



OUTLINE OF RESPONSIBILITIES-WITH RESPECT TO FAIRMONT HOTELS STANDARD PROCEDURES RELATING TO FF&E AND OS&E ITEMS ONLY Key: A/E DCC FC FFE PA GC IDC FHR KDC OSE

Architect/Engineer Direct Construction Cost FF&E Contractor FF&E Cost Purchasing Agent General Contractor Interior Design Consultant Fairmont Hotels & Resorts Kitchen Design Consultant OS&E Cost

NOTE: Where two or more “key initials” are grouped together, then the first key initial becomes the ultimate responsibility for that item.

Please refer to “Classification or Responsibilities” for a more comprehensive document for the entire project team.


22

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS Design or Select

Item


Construction Drawings

Construction Specifications

Purchase or Provide

Install

Cost

1.

GUESTROOMS

A.

Furnishings, including moveable furniture, beds and frames, loose lamps and mirrors, wastebasket, etc.

IDC/FHR

IDC

IDC

PA

FC

FFE

Artwork and Pictures

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

PA GC

FC GC

FFE DCC

- carpet and pad - installation of carpet and pad - hard surfaces

IDC --IDC

IDC --IDC

IDC --IDC

PA --GC

GC GC GC

FFE DCC DCC

D.

Loose Rugs and Pad

IDC

IDC

IDC

PA

FC

FFE

E.

Window Treatments (incl. Hardware)

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

PA GC

FC GC

FFE DCC

IDC IDC IDC

A/E IDC IDC

A/E / IDC A/E / IDC A/E

GC PA GC

GC GC GC

DCC FFE DCC

IDC A/E A/E IDC FHR/IDC

IDC A/E A/E IDC ---

IDC A/E A/E IDC ---

PA GC GC PA GC

--GC GC GC GC

FFE DCC DCC FFE DCC

B.

- blocking and backing

C.

Floor Coverings


F.

Wall Coverings - paint - vinyl and fabric - millwork & marble

G.

Fixed Lighting - chandeliers - chandelier assembly - blocking and backing - wall sconces and hanging fixtures - lamping (bulbs)

23 REV.

MARCH 2006

© 2002, Fairmont Hotels and Resorts. All Rights Reserved.

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS Item

Design or Select

H.

Closet (clothes rod, shelf, and robe hooks)

I.

Bar

L.

Purchase or Provide

Install

Cost

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

IDC/FHR IDC IDC

IDC A/E A/E

IDC A/E A/E

PA GC GC

FC/GC* GC GC

FFE DCC DCC

A/E IDC

A/E IDC / A/E

A/E A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

FHR FHR

A/E A/E

A/E A/E

--GC

--GC

--DCC

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

- sets - conduit, wiring and rough-in - antenna cable or dish system

FHR A/E A/E

--A/E A/E

--A/E A/E

PA GC GC

FC GC GC

FFE DCC DCC

Bed Headboard

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

PA GC

FC GC

FFE GC

IDC / A/E IDC IDC

A/E --IDC

A/E --IDC

GC PA FHR

GC FC FC

DCC FFE LEASE

Telephone System

TV/VCR/DVD Systems

-blocking and backing

M.


IDC

- location - equipment, including instruments, consoles, message unit, register, etc. - rough-in, wiring, backboards, etc.

K.


IDC

- mini fridge/bar - sink/faucet - counter top, shelves and refrigerator surround - conduit (rough-in) - millwork/glass/fixed mirror, blocking and backing

J.


Live Plants - planters - containers (portable) - plant material

Note: * When built-in done by GC, otherwise by FC

24 REV.

MARCH 2006



Item

N.

Door Chimes

P. Q.

A.

Install

Cost

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

- backing board - fabric and finishing

A/E IDC/FHR

A/E IDC

A/E IDC

GC PA

GC FC

DCC FFE

Ceiling Fan and Control

IDC/FHR

IDC

A/E

GC

GC

FFE

Room Safe

FHR IDC

IDC IDC / A/E

IDC IDC / A/E

PA GC

GC GC

FFE DCC

IDC

IDC / A/E

IDC /A/E

GC

GC

DCC

IDC IDC IDC

A/E IDC IDC

A/E IDC IDC

GC GC PA

GC GC GC

DCC DCC FFE

IDC

IDC

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

PA

FC

FFE

Valance

GUEST BATHROOMS Floor Coverings Wall Coverings - paint - millwork &marble - vinyl

C.

Purchase or Provide

A/E A/E

- hard surfaces

B.


A/E A/E

- enclosure (millwork)

2.


A/E IDC/FHR

- wiring - annunciator and button

O.


Vanities - hard surface, millwork

D.

Fixed Lighting

As Guestrooms

E.

Telephone Systems

As Guestrooms

F.

T.V.

As Guestrooms

G.

Loose Accessories

IDC

IDC

IDC

25 REV.

MARCH 2006



Item

H.

Loose Mirrors




Purchase or Provide

Install

Cost


IDC A/E

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

PA GC

GC GC

FFE DCC

I.

Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories

IDC

IDC /A/E

IDC /A/E

GC

GC

DCC

J.

Hardware

IDC

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

K.

Loose Rugs and Pads

IDC

---

IDC

PA

FC

FFE

3.

GUESTROOM CORRIDORS AND ELEVATOR LOBBIES

A.

Furnishings, including moveable furnishings, mirrors, draperies, accessories, loose lamps, etc.

IDC

IDC

IDC

PA

FC

FFE


IDC --IDC

IDC --IDC

IDC --IDC

PA --GC

GC GC GC

FFE DCC DCC

C.

Loose Rugs and Pads

IDC

IDC

IDC

PA

FC

FFE

D.

Millwork

IDC

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

- paint - vinyl and fabric - millwork and marble

IDC IDC IDC

A/E IDC IDC

A/E IDC A/E

GC PA GC

GC GC GC

DCC FFE DCC

Window Treatments (incl. Hardware)

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

PA GC

FC GC

FFE DCC

B.

E.

F.

Floor Coverings

Wall Coverings


26 REV.

MARCH 2006



Design or Select

G.

Fixed Lighting & Telephone Systems

H.

Room Numbers & Signage

4.

GUESTROOM LEVELS SERVICE AREA

A.

Ice Maker




Purchase or Provide

Install

Cost

As Guestrooms IDC

IDC

IDC

GC

GC

DCC

-enclosure (millwork)

KDC A/E

KDC A/E

KDC A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

B.

Sinks

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

C.

Fixed Shelving

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

D.

Corner Guards & Rubbing Rails

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

5.

PUBLIC AREAS

A.

Moveable Furnishings Fixed Counters and Shelving Fixed Seating (framing only)

IDC/FHR IDC/FHR IDC/FHR

IDC IDC A/E

IDC IDC A/E

PA GC GC

FC GC GC

FFE DCC DCC

Artwork and Pictures - blocking and backing

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

PA GC

FC GC

FFE DCC

C.

Loose Screens, Dividers

IDC

IDC

IDC

PA

FC

FFE

D.

Wall Plaques, Murals, Reliefs

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

PA GC

FC GC

FFE DCC

B.


27 REV.

MARCH 2006



Item

E.

Wall Coverings

J.

Cost

GC GC GC

DCC FFE DCC

IDC / A/E IDC IDC

A/E --IDC

A/E --IDC

GC PA FHR

GC FC FC

DCC FFE LEASE

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

- selection - installation - hard surface

IDC --IDC

IDC --IDC / A/E

IDC --IDC / A/E

PA --GC

--GC GC

FFE DCC DCC

Loose Rugs & Pads

IDC

IDC

IDC

PA

FC

FFE

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

PA GC

FC GC

FFE DCC

IDC A/E A/E IDC FHR/IDC

IDC A/E A/E IDC ---

IDC A/E A/E IDC ---

PA GC GC PA GC

--GC GC GC GC

FFE DCC DCC FFE DCC

Live Plants

Special Ceilings

Floor Coverings

Window Treatments (incl. Hardware) - blocking and backing

K.

Install

GC PA GC


I.

Purchase or Provide

A/E / IDC A/E / IDC A/E

- surface features

H.


A/E IDC IDC

- planters - containers (portable) - plant material

G.


IDC IDC IDC

- paint - vinyl and fabric - millwork & marble

F.


Fixed Lighting - chandeliers - chandelier assembly - blocking and backing - wall sconces and hanging fixtures - lamping (bulbs)

28 REV.

MARCH 2006



L.

Design or Select Signs, room names, etc:




Purchase or Provide

Install

Cost

- decorative package (interior) - decorative package (exterior)

IDC A/E / FHR

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

Exterior Lighting

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

Safety Deposit Boxes

FHR IDC

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

- sinks and equipment - rough-in

KDC A/E

KDC A/E

KDC A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

P.

Drinking Fountains

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

Q.

Ballroom Partitions

IDC/FHR

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

IDC A/E A/E

IDC A/E A/E

IDC A/E A/E

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

DCC DCC DCC

M. N.

- enclosure (millwork)

O.

R.

Bars & Service Counters

Vitrines - built-in - blocking and backing - electrical rough-in connection

6.

PUBLIC WASHROOMS

A.

Fixed Counters

IDC/FHR

IDC

IDC

GC

GC

DCC

B.

Artwork & Pictures

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

PA GC

FC GC

FFE DCC


29 REV.

MARCH 2006



Item




Purchase or Provide

Install

Cost

C.

Toilet Partitions

IDC

IDC / A/E

IDC / A/E

GC

GC

DCC

D.

Wall Plaques, Murals, Reliefs

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

PA GC

FC GC

FFE DCC

IDC IDC IDC

A/E IDC IDC

A/E IDC A/E

GC PA GC

GC GC GC

DCC FFE DCC

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC


IDC --IDC

IDC --IDC

IDC --IDC

PA --GC

GC GC GC

FFE DCC DCC

H.

Loose Rugs & Pads

IDC

IDC

IDC

PA

FC

FFE

I.

Hardware

IDC

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC


E.

Wall Coverings - paint - vinyl and fabric - millwork & marble

F.

Special Ceilings - surface features - blocking and backing

G.

Floor Coverings

30 REV.

MARCH 2006



Item

J.

Fixed Lighting Fixtures




Purchase or Provide

Install

Cost

IDC IDC IDC IDC IDC ---

IDC A/E A/E A/E A/E ---

IDC A/E A/E A/E A/E ---

PA GC GC GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC GC GC

FFE DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC

- decorative packages

IDC

IDC

IDC

PA

GC

DCC

L.

Loose Accessories

IDC

IDC

IDC

PA

FC

FFE

M.

Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories

IDC

IDC /A/E

IDC /A/E

GC

GC

DCC

7.

ELEVATOR CABS IDC IDC IDC

IDC IDC IDC

IDC IDC IDC

GC GC PA

GC GC GC

DCC DCC FFE

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

KDC KDC KDC

KDC A/E A/E

KDC A/E A/E

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

DCC DCC DCC

- wall sconces & hanging fixtures - recessed downlights & wallwash fixtures - cove & built-in fixtures - artwork lighting & spot & accent lighting - circuiting, switching, conduit & rough-in - lamping

K.

A.

Signs, Room Names, etc.

Passenger - cabs (interior finishes) - doors & frames - carpet & pad

B.

Service - cab interior finishes doors & frames

8. A.

BACK OF HOUSE Kitchen Equipment - stainless steel counters, worktables - rough-in and hook-up - hand sinks, curbs, bases, millwork

31 REV.

MARCH 2006



Item

B.

Walk-in Refrigerator




Purchase or Provide

Install

Cost

KDC KDC

KDC A/E

KDC A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

FHR FHR

FHR A/E

FHR A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

IDC --IDC

IDC --IDC

IDC --IDC

PA --GC

GC GC GC

FFE DCC DCC

- paint - vinyl, fabric - ceramic tile

A/E / FHR A/E / FHR A/E / FHR

A/E A/E A/E

A/E A/E A/E

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

DCC DCC DCC

Window Treatments (incl. Hardware) - blocking and backing

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

IDC A/E

PA GC

FC GC

FFE DCC

H.

Laundry Chute

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

I.

Laundry

LC LC LC

LC A/E A/E

LC A/E A/E

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

DCC DCC DCC

- including insulated floor

C.

Office furnishings - office equipment - office counters & fixed casework

D.

Storeroom Shelving - fixed wood, metal

E.

Floor Coverings - carpet and pad - installation of carpet and pad - hard surfaces

F.

G.

Wall Coverings

- equipment - millwork - rough-in & hook-up (incl. lint filters)

32 REV.

MARCH 2006



Item

9. A.

Telephone System

Front Desk, Accounting, and Pointof-Sale Computer Systems and Equipment - computers, printers, etc - circuiting, installation & termination of cable - conduit and rough-in - UPS

C.

Closed Circuit T.V. Equipment - cameras, monitors, etc. - circuiting, conduit & rough-in

D.



Purchase or Provide

Install

Cost

MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT - location - equipment, incl. instruments, consoles, message unit - conduit, cable, backboards, etc. - circuiting, installation & termination of cable

B.


Emergency Voice Communication System - exitway speakers, emergency & fireman's telephone & interface with hotel voice communication systems - circuiting, conduit & rough-in

FHR FHR

A/E A/E

A/E/FHR A/E

--GC

--GC

--DCC

A/E A/E

A/E A/E

A/E A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

FHR FHR / A/E

--A/E

--A/E

PA GC

FC GC

OSE DCC

A/E A/E

A/E A/E

A/E A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

A/E / FHR A/E

A/E A/E

A/E A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

33 REV.

MARCH 2006



Item

E.

A/V Systems

I. J.

Purchase or Provide

Install

Cost

A/E A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

A/E / FHR

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

A/E / FHR

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

- fireman central control station, manual alarm stations, smoke detectors, sprinkler flow switches, annunciators, alarms, etc. - circuiting, conduit, & rough-in

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

Dimmer Systems Equipment - circuiting, conduit & rough-in

A/E / FHR A/E

A/E A/E

A/E A/E

GC GC

GC GC

DCC DCC

Portable A/V Equipment

FHR

---

---

PA

FC

OSE

Misc. Voice Communication Systems Equipment

Misc. Call Light and Alarm Systems Equipment - taxi call lights, hold-up alarm, exit door alarms - circuiting, conduit, & rough-in

H.


A/E A/E

- ballroom & meeting room PA system, pocket page, and hand-held radios - circuiting, conduit, & rough-in

G.


A/E / FHR A/E

- equipment - circuiting, conduit, & rough-in

F.


Fire Alarm System Equipment

34 REV.

MARCH 2006



Item

K.

Life Safety Control Systems Equipment - smoke control devices, elevator controls, stairway door unlocking - circuiting, conduit, & rough-in

L.

T.V. System - antenna, cable services/satellite dish - in-room movie system connected to house cable - circuiting, conduit, & rough-in




Purchase or Provide

Install

Cost

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

A/E FHR

A/E A/E

A/E A/E

GC PA

GC GC

DCC LEASE

A/E

A/E

A/E

GC

GC

DCC

35 REV.

MARCH 2006



CLASSIFICATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

CLASSIFICATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

GC GC

ME ME

ME ME

GC GC

GC GC

I GC I GC

I I I I

I I I A

PA GC PA GC

PA GC PA GC

I GC GC

I I I

I A/I*** A/I***

PA GC

GC GC

GC GC GC

I/A I/A I

A A A

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC

I I I I***/A

I I I A

PA GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC

I PA GC GC

I I I/A/ME I/A/ME

I ME ME ME

PA PA GC GC

PA GC** GC GC

GC GC I GC GC GC O GC

I/A I/A I A/I I ME O/I ME

A A I A I ME O ME

GC GC PA GC GC C PA GC

GC GC PA GC GC GC O GC

GC O O GC GC

ME O O I/A ME/A

ME O O I/A ME/A

GC PA O GC GC

GC PA O GC GC

GC O GC O GC GC

ME/I ME/I/O ME/I G/O A ID/A

ME/I ME/I/O ME/I G/O A ID/A

GC O GC O GC GC

GC O GC O GC GC

GC PA GC PA

ID FHR ID ID

ID/A ID/A ID/ME ID

GC PA GC PA

GC GC GC PA

GUESTROOMS 1

LIFE SAFETY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM EMPTY CONDUIT EQUIPMENT 2 FURNITURE A MOVABLE B FIXED 3 ARTWORK A BLOCKING 4 FLOORS A CARPETING B OTHER (when defined) C BASE 5 CEILINGS A DRYWALL B PLASTER C OTHER 6 WALL COVERINGS A VINYL B PAINT C OTHER 7 CONNECTING DOOR AND SILENCER 8 LIGHTING A DECORATIVE a Plug-In b Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT 9 DOORS A FINISHERS B HARDWARE 10 DRAPERY A BLOCKING B WOOD SHUTTERS 11 ELECTRICAL 12 LINENS 13 MECHANICAL 14 RADIO AND/OR TV A EMPTY CONDUIT B EQIPMENT C WIRE 15 SLIDING DOOR ASSEMBLY 16 SPRINKLER SYSTEM OR/ LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM 17 TELEPHONES A EMPTY CONDUIT B EQUIPMENT & WIRE 18 SMOKE DETECTOR 19 GRAPHICS-ROOM COLLATERAL PIECE 20 BALCONY FLOORING 21 CLOSET-SHELVING RODS / HOOKS 22 BAR A CABINET AND TOP B REFRIGERATOR 23 CEILING FAN 24 ROOM SAFE A B

36 REV.

MARCH 2006



BATHROOM 1 2

BATH LINEN FLOORS A CARPETING B OTHER 3 CEILINGS A DRYWALL B PLASTER C OTHER 4 LIGHTING A DECORATIVE a Plug-In b Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT 5 ELECTRICAL 6 FLOOR AND WALL TILE & BASE 7 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES 8 EXHAUST FAN 9 MIRRORS A BLOCKING 10 MECHANICAL 11 SHOWER ENCLOSURE 12 SHOWER HEAD 13 SHOWER DOOR ASSEMBLY 14 TILE GROUT 15 VANITY MILLWORK 16 VANITY TOP MATERIAL 17 WALL A VINYL B STONE / MARBLE C OTHER 18 TELEPHONES A EMPTY CONDUIT B EQUIPMENT 19 GRAPHICS-ROOM COLLATERAL PIECES 20 PLUMBING FIXTURES

GUEST FLOOR CORRIDORS 1 2 A B 3 A B C 4 A B C 5 A B C

ARTWORK ASH URNS FIXED LOOSE FLOORS CARPETING OTHER BASE (WOOD & VINYL) CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-IN OTHER WALL COVERING VINYL PAINT OTHER


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

O

O/I

O

O

O

I GC

I I/A

I A/I***

PA GC

GC GC

GC GC GC

I/A I/A I/A

A A A/I***

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

I PA GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC I GC GC GC GC GC

I ME ME ME ME I/A I ME/I I A ME I I/ME I/A I I I

I ME ME ME ME A I/A ME A A ME I ME A A A/I*** A/I***

PA PA GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC PA GC GC GC GC GC

PA GC** GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC O GC GC GC GC GC

GC GC GC

I I I

I*** I*** A/I***

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC O GC

ME/I ME/I/O G/O ID

ME ME/I G/O ID/ME

GC O O O

GC O O O

I

I

I

PA

PA

GC I

I I

A I

GC PA

GC PA

I GC GC

I I I

I I*** A/I***

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

I I I

A A A

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

I I I

I I A/I***

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

37 REV.

MARCH 2006



6

DOORS FINISHES HARDWARE HANDRAIL / PLANTER ELEVATOR FOYER FIRE CABINET FIRE EXTINGUISHER FURNITURE MIRRORS, PICTURES, ETC. A BLOCKING TELEPHONES A EMPTY CONDUIT B EQUIPMENT & WIRE PLANTERS A FIXED B MOVABLE PLANT MATERIAL ROOM # & DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE LIGHTING A DECORATIVE a Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM A EMPTY CONDUIT B EQUIPMENT & WIRE ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL A B

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20

ELEVATORS 1

CAB INTERIOR – GUEST ELEVATORS

2

FLOORS

A B 3 4 5 6

7 8

CARPETING OTHER DOOR EXTERIOR DOOR FRAME AND SILL SIGNAGE & NUMBERING; PROMO. SIGNAGE

LIGHTING A DECORATIVE B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT SYSTEM (ELEVATOR) TELEPHONE CABINET

MAIDS CLOSET 1

ALL ACCESSORIES

2 A B C 3 A B 4 A B

CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER LIGHTING FLUORESCENT INCANDESCENT TELEPHONES EMPTY CONDUIT EQUIPMENT


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

GC GC GC GC GC GC I I GC

I A/I I A/I A/ME/I A/ME I I A/I

A A A A ME A I I A

GC GC GC GC GC GC PA PA GC

GC GC GC GC GC GC PA PA GC

GC O

ME/I ME/I/O

ME ME/I

GC O

GC O

GC I/LS GC/LS I

A/L/LS L/LS I/LS G/O/I***

I/A I LS G

GC PA GC PA/G

GC PA GC GC

I PA GC GC

I I I/A I/A

I ME ME ME

PA PA GC GC

PA GC*** GC GC

GC GC GC GC

ME ME ME ME

ME ME ME ME

GC GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC

GC

I

A/I

GC

GC

I GC GC GC O

I I I I/A

I I A A G

PA GC GC GC PA/G

GC GC GC GC G

G/O/I****/A***

I GC GC GC GC

I I I A I/A

I ME/A ME/A A A

PA GC GC GC GC

GC** GC GC GC GC

O

O

O

PA

O

GC GC GC

A/I A/I A/I

A A A

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC

ME/A ME/A

ME/A ME/A

GC GC

GC GC

GC O

ME/I ME/I/O

ME ME/I

GC O

GC O

38 REV.

MARCH 2006



WALL COVERING VINYL PAINT OTHER 6 SINK ASSEMBLY 7 SHELVING 8 FLOORS A CARPETING B OTHER 9 ELECTRICAL 10 MECHANICAL


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

GC GC GC GC GC

A/I A/I A/I ME A/O

A A A ME A

PA GC GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC GC

I GC GC GC

A/I A/I ME ME

I A ME ME

PA GC GC GC

PA GC GC GC

GC GC

A/I A/I

A A

PA GC

GC GC

PA GC GC

A/I A/I A/I

A A A

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

PA GC GC

A/I A/I A/I

A A A

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC N/A GC I

ME/A ME/A

A A

GC GC

GC

O O/A/G

A G

GC PA/G

GC G

GC

A/ME

A/ME

GC

GC

GC GC O GC GC

A/I A/I O A/ME O

A/I*** A/I*** K/ME* ME K/ME*

GC GC PA GC PA

GC GC GC**/[A GC GC**/PA

GC

A

A

GC

GC

GC

A/ME

A/ME

GC

GC

GC

A/ME

A/ME

GC

GC

GC

A

A

GC

GC

GC GC

O A

O A

PA GC

PA GC

5

A B C

SERVICE ELEVATOR LANDINGS 1 A B 2 A B C 3 A B C 4 A B 5 6 7

FLOORS CARPETING OTHER CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER WALL COVERING VINYL PAINT OTHER LIGHTING FLUORESCENT INCANDESCENT LINEN CHUTE SHELVING/NAME BOARD GRAPHICS AND SIGNAGE

ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, TELEPHONE ROOM VENDING AREAS 1 2 3 4 5

WALLS FLOORS ICE MACHINE SINKS DRINK MACHINE

ROUGH CARPENTRY (ALL LEVELS)

EMERGENCY STAIRWELL ELEVATOR PENTHOUSE STAFF LOCKER ROOMS 1 2

ASH URNS (FIXED) BENCHES A PRE-FAB B MILLWORK

39 REV.

MARCH 2006



3 A B C 4 5 6 7 A 8 9 A B 10 11 A B 12 13 14

CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER ELECTRICAL / PLUMBING DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE LOCKERS MIRRORS BLOCKING PAINT OR TILE WALLS SHOWER CURTAINS RODS CURTAINS SHOWERS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM EMPTY CONDUIT EQUIPMENT & WIRE TILE FLOOR TOILET, URINAL & SHOWER PARTITIONS LIGHTING

STORE ROOMS 1 2 A B 3 4 5 6 A B C 7 A B C 8 A B

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS LIGHTING FLUORESCENT INCANDESCENT WIRE PARTITIONS SHELVING AND PALLETS (FOOD SERVICE) SHELVING AND PALLETS (OTHER) WALL COVERING VINYL PAINT OTHER CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER FLOORS CARPETING OTHER


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

GC GC GC GC I GC GC GC GC

A A A ME G/O A/O A A A/I

A A A ME G A A A A

GC GC GC GC PA/G GC GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC G GC GC GC GC

O GC GC

A O ME/A

A O ME

GC PA GC

GC O GC

GC GC GC GC GC

ME ME A/I A/I ME/A

ME ME A/I A/I ME

GC GC GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC K GC GC

A/ME ME ME A/O K A/O A

A/ME ME ME A K A A

GC GC GC GC PA GC PA

GC GC GC GC GC GC GC

GC GC GC

A A A

A A A

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

A A A

A A A

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC

A A

A A

PA GC

GC GC

GC GC GC GC O I I

A A

G/I/I****/A***

A A A A O I G

GC GC GC GC PA PA PA/G

GC GC GC GC PA PA G

GC GC

ME/A ME/A

ME ME

GC GC

GC GC

HOUSEKEEPING 1

CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER CONTROL DESK (FIXED) EQUIPMENT FURNITURE SIGNAGE LIGHTING A FLUORESCENT B INCANDESCENT A B C

2 3 4 5 6

A O O I

40 REV.

MARCH 2006



7 A B C 8 9 10 11 A B

WALL COVERING VINYL PAINT OTHER SHELVING MILLWORK SHELVING PREFAB SINK ASSEMBLY FLOORS CARPETING OTHER

MAINTENANCE SHOP 1 2 3 4

7 8 9

BUILT-IN SHELVING CABINETRY ELECTRICAL FLOORS CARPETING OTHER CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER WALL COVERING VINYL PAINT OTHER FURNITURE AND FILES HAND TOOLS KEY CABINETS

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

MOVABLE SHELVING PORTABLE EQUIPMENT WIRE PARTITIONS SINK ASSEMBLY SPARE STOCK STATIONARY EQUIPMENT WORK BENCHES (PRE-FAB) LIGHTING

A B 5 A B C 6 A B C

STAFF DINING ROOM 1 2 A B C 3 A B C 4 5 A B 6 7 8

CASH REGISTER CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER WALL COVERING VINYL PAINT OTHER COOKING VENTILATION SYSTEM FLOORS CARPETING OTHER FURNITURE SIGNAGE HAND SINK


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

GC GC GC GC O GC

A A A A/O O ME/A

A A A A O ME

PA GC GC GC PA GC

GC GC GC GC GC GC

I GC

I A

A A

PA GC

GC GC

GC GC GC

A/O A/O ME

A/O A/O ME

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC

A A

A A

PA GC

GC GC

GC GC GC

A A A

A A A

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC GC I O GC

I A I I O A

A A A I O A

PA GC GC PA PA GC

GC GC GC PA O GC

O O GC GC O O GC GC

O O A/O ME/A O O A/O ME/A

O O A ME O O A ME

PA PA GC GC PA PA GC GC

PA PA GC GC PA PA GC GC

O

O

O

PA

PA/GC*

GC GC GC

I/A I/A I/A

A/I*** A/I*** A/I***

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC GC K/GC

I/A I/A I/A K/ME

I*** I*** I*** K/ME

GC GC GC PA

GC GC GC GC

I GC I I GC

I I I

I A/I*** I G K/ME

PA GC PA PA/G GC

GC GC PA G GC

G/O/I****/A**

K/ME

41 REV.

MARCH 2006



9 10 11

KITCHEN EQUIPMENT KITCHEN EQUIPMENT HOOK-UP KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SET IN PLACE

12


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

K/GC GC

K K/ME K

K K/ME K/ME

PA GC PA

GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC GC GC

ME/A ME/A ME ME ME ME

ME ME ME ME ME ME

GC GC GC GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC GC GC

GC GC K/GC

ME ME K

ME ME K

GC GC PA

GC GC PA

GC K/GC

ME/K/O K/ME

ME/K/O K/ME

GC PA

GC GC

GC GC

A A

A A

PA GC

GC GC

GC GC GC

A A A/I

A A A/I

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC GC I GC K GC K GC GC K

A A A I ME/K K K/O/A K K/ME ME K/O

A A A I ME/K K K/O/A K K/ME ME K/O

GC GC GC PA GC PA GC PA GC GC PA

GC GC GC PA GC PA GC PA GC GC PA

GC GC GC GC GC K I K/GC

A A A K/ME ME K/O A/G K/ME

A A A K/ME ME K G K/ME

GC GC GC PA GC PA PA/G PA

GC GC GC GC GC PA G GC/K

GC GC K K

ME ME K/O K

ME ME K K

GC GC PA PA

GC GC PA PA

GC GC

A A/I

A A

PA GC

GC GC

LIGHTING

A B 13 14 15 16 17 A B 18

FLUORESCENT INCANDESCENT ELECTRICAL OTHER EQUIPMENT HOOK-UP OTHER EQUIPMENT SET IN PLACE PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM EMPLOYEE CONDUIT EQUIPMENT STAINLESS STEEL FABRICATION

GUEST LAUNDRY / LAUNDRY 1 2 3 A B 4 A B C 5 A B C 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FLOORS CARPETING OTHER WALL COVERING VINYL PAINT OTHER CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER FURNITURE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING WORK TABLES SHELVING AND RACKS, MILLWORK SHELVING AND RACKS, PORTABLE VENTILATION LIGHTING PORTABLE EQUIPMENT (CARTS)

ROOM SERVICE 1 A B C 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B 8 9 10 A B

CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER COOKING VENTILATION SYSTEM ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SIGNAGE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT LIGHTING FLUORESCENT INCANDESCENT PORTABLE EQUIPMENT (CARTS) STAINLESS STEEL FABRICATION FLOORS CARPETING OTHER

42 REV.

MARCH 2006



11 A B C D 12

WALL COVERING VINYL PAINT OTHER TILE MILLWORK; STORAGE & WORK STATIONS

PURCHASING/RECEIVING/STORAGE 1 2 A B C 3 4 5 6 A B C 7 8 9 10 11 A B 12 13 14 15

BUILT-IN SHELVING & TABLES-LOCKING CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER ELECTRICAL FURNITURE AND FILES SIGNAGE WALL COVERING VINYL PAINT OTHER PLATFORM SCALE REFRIGERATION HOOK-UP REFRIGERATION AND SET IN PLACE SHELVING AND PALLETS – WIRE FLOORS CARPETING OTHER LIGHTING LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT DUMPSTER / COMPACTOR CORNER GUARDS / RUB RAILS

PERSONNEL AND SECURITY 1 2 A B C 3 4 A B 5 6 A B 7 A B 8 A B

BUILT-IN DESKS AND SHELVING CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER ELECTRICAL LIGHTING FLUORESCENT INCANDESCENT FURNITURE AND FILES COMMUNICATION SYSTEM EMPTY CONDUIT EQUIPMENT & WIRE TV SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM EMPTY CONDUIT EQUIPMENT & WIRE FLOORS CARPETING OTHER


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

GC GC GC GC GC

A A A/I A A/O

A A A A A

PA GC GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC GC

GC

A/O

A

GC

GC

GC GC GC GC I I

A A A ME I G/O

A A A ME I G

GC GC GC GC GC PA/G

GC GC GC GC GC G

GC GC GC K TC K/GC K

A A A K/A K/ME K K/O

A A A K/A ME K K

GC GC GC PA PA PA PA

GC GC GC PA K/GC K/GC PA

GC GC GC GC GC GC

A/I A/I ME A A A

A A ME A A A

PA GC GC GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC GC GC

GC

A/I/O

A

GC

GC

GC GC GC GC

A A A ME

A A A ME

GC GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC

GC GC I

ME ME I

ME ME I

GC GC PA

GC GC PA

GC GC

ME/O ME/O

ME ME

GC GC

GC GC

GC A

ME/O AV/A

ME AV/A

GC AV

GC AV

I GC

I I

I A/I***

PA GC

GC GC

43 REV.

MARCH 2006



9 A B C 10

WALL COVERING VINYL PAINT OTHER SECURITY COMPUTER EQUIPMENT

OFFICES ADMINISTRATION SALES AND ACCOUNTING 1 2

BUILT-IN SHELVING & MILLWORK FLOORS A CARPETING B OTHER 3 CEILINGS A LAY-IN B SPRAY-ON C OTHER 4 COMPUTER SYSTEMS A EMPTY CONDUIT B SYSTEM & WIRE 5 DRAPERIES A BLOCKING 6 ELECTRICAL 7 LIGHTING A DECORATIVE a Plug-In b Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT 8 FURNITURE AND FILES 9 DOORS A FINISHES B HARDWARE 10 DIRECTIONAL GRAPHICS & SIGNAGE 11 OFFICE MACHINES 12 PICTURES, MIRRORS, ETC. A BLOCKING 13 TELEPHONE AND TELEX A EMPTY CONDUIT B EQUIPMENT & WIRE 9 WALL COVERING A VINYL B PAINT C OTHER


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

GC GC GC SEC

I I I SEC

I*** A A SEC/ME

PA GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC

GC

I/O

I

GC

GC

I GC

I I

I A/I***

PA GC

GC GC

GC GC GC

I/A I/A I/A

A/I*** A/I*** A/I***

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

GC O I GC GC

ME O I A/I ME

ME O I A ME

GC O/PA PA GC GC

GC O/PA PA GC GC

I PA GC GC I

I I ME/I ME/I I

I ME ME ME I

PA PA GC GC PA

PA GC** GC GC PA

GC GC I O I GC

I I/A O I A/I

A/I*** A G O I A

GC GC PA/G PA PA GC

GC GC G PA PA GC

GC O

ME ME/I/O

ME ME/I

GC I

GC O

GC GC GC

I I I

I A/I A/I***

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

I GC

I I

I I/A

PA GC

GC GC

GC GC GC I GC I GC

I/A I/A I/A I A/I I I/A

A/I A/I A/I I/ME A I A

GC GC GC PA GC PA GC

GC GC GC GC** GC PA GC

G/O/1****/A***

LOBBY AND PUBLIC FOYERS 1 A B 2 A B C 3 A 4 A

FLOORS CARPETING OTHER CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER CHANDELIERS BLOCKING & SUPPORT DRAPERIES AND TRACKS BLOCKING

44 REV.

MARCH 2006



FURNITURE LOOSE FIXED 6 DIRECTIONAL GRAPHICS & SIGNAGE 7 MIRRORS, PICTURES, ARTIFACTS A BLOCKING 8 WALL COVERING A VINYL B PAINT C OTHER 9 PLANTERS A FIXED B MOVABLE 10 PLANT MATERIAL 11 LIGHTING A DECORATIVE a Plug-In b Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT D DIMMING 12 STORE FRONTS 13 TELEPHONES A EMPTY CONDUIT B EQUIPMENT 14 WALL SCONCES 15 SAFE DEPOSIT BOXES


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

I GC I I GC

I I/O G/O/I****/A***

I I

I I G I I

PA GC PA/G PA GC

PA GC G PA GC

GC GC GC

A/I I I

A I I

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC I

I I/LS/A I/LS

I I/A I

GC PA PA

GC PA PA

PA PA GC GC GC GC

L/I L/I LI/I/ME LI/I/ME I/L I

I L/I/ME/A L/ME L/ME L/ME A

PA PA GC GC GC GC

PA GC** GC GC GC GC

GC O I GC

ME/I ME/I/O I I

ME ME/I I I/A

GC O PA GC

GC O GC GC

GC

I

I/A

GC

GC

I GC GC

I I I

I A/I*** A/I***

PA GC GC

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

I/A I/A I/A

A/I*** A/I*** A/I***

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

I I I

I I I***

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

I PA GC GC I GC GC GC

I I I/ME I/ME I I ME I/A

I ME/A I/ME I/ME I I/A ME I/A

PA PA GC GC GC GC GC GC

PA GC GC** GC GC GC GC GC

GC I

I/LS/A I/LS

I/A I

GC PA

GC PA

5

A B

PUBLIC RESTROOMS 1 2 A B C 3 A B C 4

BUILT-IN VANITIES FLOORS CARPETING OTHER TILE CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER WALL COVERING

A B C

VINYL PAINT OTHER 5 LIGHTING A DECORATIVE a Plug-In b Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT 6 FURNITURE 7 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES 8 ELECTRICAL 9 MIRRORS AND COAT HOOKS 10 PLANTERS A FIXED B MOVABLE

45 REV.

MARCH 2006



11 12 14

PLANT MATERIAL PLUMBING AND FIXTURES DIRECTIONAL GRAPHICS & SIGNAGE

FRONT OFFICE 1

COMPUTER

2 3 4 5

BUILT-IN DESK UNIT – BACK SIDE BUILT-IN DESK UNIT – FRONT SIDE BUILT-IN SHELVING/CABINETRY FLOORS A CARPETING B OTHER 6 ELECTRICAL 7 FILES & FURNITURE 8 LIGHTING A DECORATIVE a Plug-In b Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT 9 OFFICE MACHINES 10 SAFE OR SECURITY VAULT A BUILT-IN B PORTABLE 11 SAFETY DEPOSIT BOXES 12 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM A EMPTY CONDUIT B EQUIPMENT & WIRE 13 TELEPHONES A EMPTY CONDUIT B EQUIPMENT & WIRE 14 CEILINGS A LAY-IN B SPRAY-ON C OTHER 15 WALL COVERING A VINYL B PAINT C OTHER

RESERVATIONS and BACK OFFICE 1 2

BUILT-IN CABINETRY / SHELVING FLOORS A CARPETING B OTHER 3 CEILINGS A LAY-IN B SPRAY-ON C OTHER 4 FURNITURE AND FILES 5 LIGHTING A DECORATIVE a Plug-In b Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

LS GC I

I/LS I/ME I/A/G

LS ME G

GC GC PA/G

GC GC GC

O GC GC GC

O I/O I I/O

O/ME I I I

PA GC GC GC

PA GC GC GC

I GC GC I

I I ME I

I A/I*** ME I

PA GC GC PA

GC GC GC PA

I PA GC GC O

I I I/ME I/ME O

I ME/A ME ME O

PA PA GC GC PA

PA GC** GC GC PA

GC O GC

A/O O A/O

A O A

GC PA GC

GC PA GC

GC GC

ME ME

ME ME

GC PA

GC GC

GC O

ME/I ME/I/O

ME ME/I

GC O

GC O

GC GC GC

I/A I/A I/A

A/I*** A/I*** A/I***

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

I I I

I I A/I***

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

GC

I/O

I

GC

GC

I GC

I I

I A/I***

PA GC

GC GC

GC GC GC I

I/A I/A I/A I

A/I*** A/I*** A/I*** I

GC GC GC PA

GC GC GC PA

I PA GC GC

I I I/ME I/ME

I ME/A ME ME

PA PA GC GC

PA GC** GC GC

46 REV.

MARCH 2006



6

ELECTRICAL

7

EMPTY CONDUIT EQUIPMENT & WIRE WALL COVERING A VINYL B PAINT C OTHER

RESERVATIONS and BACK OFFICE 1 2 3

4 5

6 7 8

BUILT-IN CABINETRY / SHELVING FLOORS A CARPETING B OTHER CEILINGS A LAY-IN B SPRAY-ON C OTHER FURNITURE AND FILES LIGHTING A DECORATIVE a Plug-In b Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT ELECTRICAL TELEPHONES A EMPTY CONDUIT B EQUIPMENT & WIRE WALL COVERING A VINYL B PAINT C OTHER

GENERAL CASHIER OFFICE 1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8

BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

GC

ME

ME

GC

GC

GC O

ME/I ME/I/O

ME ME/I

GC O

GC O

GC GC GC

I I I

I I A/I***

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

GC

I/O

I

GC

GC

I GC

I I

I A/I***

PA GC

GC GC

GC GC GC I

I/A I/A I/A I

A/I*** A/I*** A/I*** I

GC GC GC PA

GC GC GC PA

I PA GC GC GC

I I I/ME I/ME ME

I ME/A ME ME ME

PA PA GC GC GC

PA GC** GC GC GC

GC O

ME/I ME/I/O

ME ME/I

GC O

GC O

GC GC GC

I I I

I I A/I***

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

GC

I/O

I

GC

GC

I GC

I I

I A/I***

PA GC

GC GC

GC GC GC O I

I/A I/A I/A O/A I

A/I*** A/I*** A/I*** O I

GC GC GC O PA

GC GC GC GC PA

I PA GC GC GC

I I I/ME I/ME ME

I ME/A ME ME ME

PA PA GC GC GC

PA GC** GC GC GC

GC GC GC

I I I

I I A/I***

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

TELEPHONES

A B 8


BUILT-IN CABINETRY / SHELVING FLOORS A CARPETING B OTHER CEILINGS A LAY-IN B SPRAY-ON C OTHER DROP VAULT FURNITURE AND FILES LIGHTING A DECORATIVE a Plug-In b Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT ELECTRICAL WALL COVERING A VINYL B PAINT C OTHER

47 REV.

MARCH 2006



9 10

SAFE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM A EMPTY CONDUIT B EQUIPMENT & WIRE

PBX SWITCHBOARD ROOM 1 2 A B 3 A B C 4 5 A B 6 A B C 7 A B C

BUILT-IN CABINETRY FLOORS CARPETING OTHER CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER FURNITURE AND FILES LIGHTING FLUORESCENT INCANDESCENT ELECTRICAL STANDARD BACK-UP EMERGENCY SYSTEM GROUND WALL COVERING VINYL PAINT OTHER


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH .

INSTALL

GC

A

A

GC

GC

GC GC

ME ME

ME ME

GC PA

GC GC

GC

A/O/I

A

GC

GC

I GC

I I

I A/I***

PA GC

GC GC

GC GC GC O

I/A I/A I/A O

A/I*** A/I*** A/I*** O

GC GC GC PA

GC GC GC PA

GC GC

ME/I ME/I

ME ME

GC GC

GC GC

GC GC GC

ME ME ME

ME ME ME

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

I I I

I I A/I***

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

I GC

I I

I A/I***

PA GC

GC GC

GC GC GC I GC

I/A I/A I/A I A/I

A/I*** A/I*** A/I*** I A

GC GC GC PA GC

GC GC GC PA GC

I GC

I I/O

I I

PA GC

PA GC

GC GC

I I/A

A/I*** A/I***

GC GC

GC GC

I PA GC GC GC GC

I I I/ME I/ME I/L ME/AB

I ME/A ME ME L/ME ME

PA PA GC GC GC GC

PA GC** GC GC GC GC

GC GC

A I

A I

GC PA

GC GC

MEETING / BANQUET ROOM 1

FLOORS CARPETING OTHER CEILINGS A LAY-IN B SPRAY-ON C OTHER DRAPERIES (SHUTTERS) A BLOCKING FURNITURE A LOOSE B FIXED DOORS A FINISH B HARDWARE LIGHTING A DECORATIVE a Plug-In b Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT D DIMMING ELECTRICAL MOVABLE PARTITION WALL A WALL UNIT B APPLIED FINISH A B

2

3 4 5 6

7 8

48 REV.

MARCH 2006



9


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

GC GC GC

I I I

I I A/I***

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

GC I GC/LS

I/LS/A I/LS I/LS

I/A I/LS LS

GC PA GC

GC PA GC

GC O GC I I I GC O

A/AV/O AV/O ME/AV/O I I/ME I I G/O/I****/A***

A/AV AV ME I I/ME I I/A G

GC O GC PA PA PA GC PA

GC PA GC PA GC PA GC G

O/GC

O

O/ME

PA

O/GC


I I I I/K/O I/K/O I/K/O I/K/O

A/I A/I A/I I/K I/K I/K I/K



I GC GC I GC GC

I I I/O I/ME A/I I

I A/I*** I I/ME A/I I

PA GC GC PA GC GC

GC GC GC GC** GC GC

GC I GC I GC GC GC K/GC

I I I/ME/L I I ME ME K/I

I I ME/L I I/A ME ME K/ME

GC PA PA PA GC GC GC GC

GC PA PA PA GC GC GC GC

I GC

I I

I I

PA GC

PA GC

I I/G

I/G/O G/O

G G

PA/G O

G O

WALL COVERING

A B C 10 A B 11 12 A B C 13 14 15 A 16

VINYL PAINT OTHER PLANTERS FIXED MOVABLE PLANT MATERIAL AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT FIXED MOVABLE EMPTY CONDUIT TABLES, CHAIRS, STAGING WALL SCONCES WALL TAPESTRY/ART BLOCKING DIRECTIONAL GRAPHICS & SIGNAGE

FOOD & BEVERAGE (ALL LEVELS) 1 2 A B C 3 4 5 6 7 A B 8 9 A 10 11 A B 12 13 A 14 15 16 17 A B 18 A B

COMPUTER SYSTEM CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER BACK BAR UNIT BUILT-IN CABINETRY/SHELVING BUILT-IN COUNTER AND STOOLS BUILT-IN SERVICE STATION FLOORS CARPETING OTHER CASHIER/HOST STATION CHANDELIERS BLOCKING & SUPPORT DECORATIVE WINDOWS/DOORS DIVIDERS & SHUTTERS DECORATIVE FIXED MOVABLE DOWN LIGHTS DRAPERIES AND TRACKS BLOCKING ELECTRICAL PLUMBING FRONT & BACK BAR UNITS HOOK-UP FURNITURE LOOSE FIXED GRAPHICS SIGNAGE CAMERA READY ARTWORK

49 REV.

MARCH 2006



LIGHTING DECORATIVE a Plug-In b Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT D DIMMING SYSTEM 20 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM A EMPTY CONDUIT B EQUIPMENT & WIRE 21 WALL COVERING A VINYL B PAINT C OTHER 22 PICTURES, ARTIFACTS, ETC. A BLOCKING 23 PLANTERS A FIXED B MOVABLE 24 PLANT MATERIAL 25 TOP OF TABLE ITEMS 26 WALL SCONCES 27 WAITER STATIONS


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH.

INSTALL

I PA GC GC GC

I I I/ME I/ME I/L

I ME/A ME ME L/ME

PA PA GC GC GC

PA GC** GC GC GC

GC GC

ME ME

ME ME

GC GC

GC GC

GC GC GC I GC

I I I I I/A

I I I*** I A

PA GC GC PA GC

GC GC GC PA GC

GC I LS O I GC

I/LS/A I/LS I/LS O/I I/ME I/K

I/A I LS O ME I/K/ME

GC PA GC O PA GC

GC PA GC O GC GC

GC

A/O/I

A

GC

GC

GC I

I I

I A/I***

PA PA

GC GC

GC GC GC

I I I

A/I A/I A/I

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

I PA GC GC GC GC

I I I/ME I/ME ME ME

I ME/A ME ME ME ME

PA PA GC GC GC GC

PA GC** GC GC GC GC

GC

A/O/I

A

GC

GC

GC I

I I

I A/I***

PA PA

GC GC

GC GC GC

I I I

A/I A/I A/I

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

I PA GC GC

I I I/ME I/ME

I ME/A ME ME

PA PA GC GC

PA GC** GC GC

19

A

RETAIL AREAS 1 2 3

4

5 6

BUILT-IN CABINETRY FLOORS A CARPETING B OTHER CEILINGS A LAY-IN B SPRAY-ON C OTHER LIGHTING A DECORATIVE a Plug-In b Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL

SPA 1 2 3

4

BUILT-IN CABINETRY FLOORS A CARPETING B OTHER CEILINGS A LAY-IN B SPRAY-ON C OTHER LIGHTING A DECORATIVE a Plug-In b Direct Connection B FLUORESCENT C INCANDESCENT

50 REV.

MARCH 2006



5 6

ELECTRICAL SPA EQUIPMENT A HYDROTHERAPY EQUIPMENT B EXERCISE EQUIPMENT

KITCHEN AND PANTRIES 1 2 A B C 3 A B C 4 A B C 5 6 7 8 A 9 A B 10 11 A B 12 13 A B

CABINETRY/SHELVING CEILINGS LAY-IN SPRAY-ON OTHER COOKING VENTILATION EQUIPMENT DUCT WORK AND FANS HOOK-UP REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT & INSTALLATION HOOK-UP SPECIAL BLOCK-OUT OR FOUNDATION FABRICATED STAINLESS STEEL FURNITURE AND FILES DIRECTIONAL GRAPHICS & SIGNAGE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT FINAL HOOK-UP LIGHTING FLUORESCENT INCANDESCENT ELECTRICAL WALL COVERINGS PANELING OTHER PLUMBING FLOORS CARPETING OTHER

LANDSCAPE (EXTERIOR) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PLANT MATERIAL IRRIGATION DRAINAGE SYSTEM IRRIGATION & DRAINAGE SLEEVES FINAL GRADING PLANTERS A FIXED B LOOSE LIGHTING SWIMMING POOL

PARKING ROADWAYS, WALKS and RETAINING PARKING, EXTERIOR GRAPHICS & EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNAGE


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

INSTALL

ME I/ME I/ME I/ME

PURCH . GC GC GC O

GC O O O

ME SPA/O SPA/O SPA/O

K/GC

K/O

K

GC

GC

GC GC GC

I I I

A/I A/I A/I

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

K/O GC GC

K/O ME ME/K

K ME ME

PA GC GC

GC GC GC

K GC GC K I I K GC

K/O ME/K A/K K I G/O K/O ME

K ME A K I G K ME

PA GC GC PA PA PA/G PA GC

K GC/K GC GC PA PA GC GC

GC GC GC

ME ME ME

ME ME ME

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

A/I A/I ME

A A ME

GC GC GC

GC GC GC

GC I

I I

I A

PA GC

GC GC

LS LS LS/GC GC GC

LS LS LS LS LS

LS LS LS LS LS

GC GC GC GC GC

GC GC GC GC GC

LS/GC LS LS/GC GC

LS LS LS/L LS

LS LS ME LS

GC PA GC GC

GC PA GC GC

LS/GC

LS/L

A/LS

GC

GC

GC

G/A

G

GC

GC

GC GC GC O

51 REV.

MARCH 2006



UNIFORMS EXTERIOR 1 2

BUILDING SIGNAGE & DIRECTIONALS FLAGPOLS


BUDGET

DESIGN

CONTRACT DOCS

PURCH .

INSTALL

O

I****/O

O

PA

O

GC GC

G/A A

G A

GC GC

GC GC

LEGEND A Architect AV Audio/Visual Consultant G Graphics Consultant GC General Consultant I Interior Design Consultant K Kitchen and Laundry Consultant

ME

L Lighting Consultant LS Landscape Consultant Mechanical/Electrical Engineer O Owner/Operator PA Purchasing Agent SEC Security Consultant

SPA

**

Spa Consultant * Rough-In Rough-In and Final Connection *** Finish Schedule Only **** Consultant Only

52 REV.

MARCH 2006



B. 1.

1.1.

PUBLIC AREAS

PUBLIC AREAS LOBBY AND CIRCULATION

Main Entrance and Lobby Provide a porte cochère to protect the entrance lobby from the weather and appropriate spaces to assist arriving and departing guests. The entrance design must leave the guests with an excellent first and last impression. Luggage handling activities should not interfere with the guests’ entrance and direct access to valet parking office, bellmen’s store, service elevators, luggage storage, etc. The entrance lobby is to be adjacent to the vehicle arrival location and connects directly to the main lobby. A taxi holding area and valet parking holding area adjacent to porte cochere. Porte cochere width should be not less than 40' 0" (12.2 m) with three driveway lanes. Clear height should be not less than 10' 0" (3.0 m) to curb line and 14' 0" (4.3 m) over driveway. Adequate drainage must be provided and the driveway sloped accordingly. The sidewalk outside main entrance doors should be not less than 15' 0" (4.6 m) wide and minimum distance between columns and curb line shall be 4' 0" (1.2 m). Elsewhere the sidewalk should be 10' 0" (3.0 m) wide. Curb to be approximately 4" (10 cm) high and in contrasting material to sidewalk and driveway paving so as to be clearly visible to pedestrians. Two 3' 0" (91 cm) wide curb drops to be incorporated in curb. In cold climates overhead radiant heating is required outside main entrance doors. Heaters are to be controlled by a thermostat and a time clock with manual override. Electric snow melting must be incorporated in sidewalk in climates with heavy snowfall. Weatherproof duplex electric outlets are required for maintenance of the area. A screw down, recessed 3/4" (2 cm) cold water hose bib for washing down. 110V x 20 amp weatherproof outlet (separate circuit) for high-pressure hose unit. Landscape planters must have sufficient drains, duplex outlets and hose points are to ensure proper plant lighting and maintenance. Three anodised aluminium finish of a colour selected with internal halyards flagpoles shall be provided at the porte cochere. If freestanding, they shall be not more than 40' 0" (12.2 m) high and less than 15’0” (4.6 m) high.

REV.

MARCH 2006


53


PUBLIC AREAS

Main Entrance and Lobby (continued)

In cold and windy climates, a revolving door shall be provided at the main entrance with a pair of swing doors on either side. A vestibule shall be provided at the swing doors. Revolving doors shall be not less than 7' 0" (2.1 m) inside diameter and 9' 0" (2.7 m) high. If the above entrance detail cannot be provided, two sets of doors shall be provided. Comprising two single 3' 0" (91 cm) doors and one pair of doors 6' 0" (1.8 m) wide. Each door to be 9’0” (2.7 m) high. All doors shall be provided with high quality balanced hardware. The exterior doors should open out. All doors shall be framed in metal finish of a colour to be selected, and shall incorporate a weatherstrip and special decorative pulls and pushes. Doors shall be of the “narrow frame” design and a special decorative gold leaf or etched design shall be provided on the glass. Four stainless steel 3/8" (0.7 cm) diameter rods with 4" (10 cm) projection shall be installed, 16” (41 cm) apart and 7’0” (2.1 m) above the finished floor, on the two columns or walls closest to the main entrance doors for garment bags. Swift valet access to/from the porte cochere to valet parking area, both with and without cars, is essential. A doorman’s station is to be discretely located close to the main entrance doors as possible, but concealed from the guests’ direct view. Direct access to service corridor leading to service elevators and luggage store is essential, to prevent crossing public areas. All to serve as access to valet parking manager’s office, bellman’s store, etc. In resorts provide remote area, concealed from public view, for buses waiting for groups. The double volume main lobby establishes the image of the hotel and serves as the main circulation space and functions as a control point. Provide seating, meeting and greeting environment as well as reception/cashiers’ desk, concierge desk, guest safety deposit box room, concierge storage and house and pay telephones. The main lobby is adjacent to the main entrance, with visual access to the front desk and elevator core. Concealed, pin hole CCTV cameras to cover front desks and main entrance doors. 1.2.

Registration and Check-out Provide freestanding, stand-up counter for registration and checkout. This area will be staffed 24 hours a day and serves as a control point, with the staff visually supervising

REV.

MARCH 2006


54


PUBLIC AREAS

Registration and Check-out (continued)

access to the building. Staff are to have easy access to the guest from behind the counter, however the reverse is not to be encouraged. The front desk should preferably be located in a separate foyer off the main lobby and should not be the principal greeting element for arriving guests. Its location must facilitate the view to the lobby entrance, guest elevators and concierge desk and provide easy and direct access from the main lobby. The hotel’s front offices must be located with direct access to the front desk. Registration desk to have a minimum of four stations for an average 400 room Hotel. One station to be added per 100 rooms. Each station is approximately 6’0” (1.8 m) long. Barrier-free house and pay telephones are to be adjacent to the front desk. 1.3.

Concierge Provide counter or desk area for guest service and information assistance with one station per 200 guestrooms. A minimum of two stations is to be provided. Each station is approximately 6’0” (1.8 m) long. A concierge work and storage area (approximately 250 ft2) (23 m2) with direct access to the concierge desk is imperative. A typical concierge storage room is to have both open and lockable shelving (floor to ceiling height) as well as duplex electrical outlets and telephone outlets (airline ticket verification), fax machine and copier.

1.4.

Guest Safety Deposit Box Guest safety deposit box room adjacent to front desk. Guest entry door into safety deposit retrieval room to be in direct sight of front desk. This door to have an electric strike, activated from the front desk. An assistance buzzer with retrieval room connected to the front desk. Shall be elegantly finished to the same standard as the other public areas of the hotel and shall contain the following functional items: Safety deposit boxes for a typical 400-room hotel as follows: a)

1 Bank of 60 boxes each 2 ½" high x 5" wide x 24" deep (6 x 13 x 61 cm),

b) 1 Bank of 24 boxes each 5" high x 5" wide x 24" deep (13 x 13 x 61 cm), and c)

1 Bank of 24 boxes each 5" high x 10" wide x 24" deep (13 x 25 x 61 cm).

The boxes shall be built-in and concealed behind veneered hardwood doors. The floor shall be designed to support the weight of these boxes. Box “collection” counter approximately 18" (46 cm) wide and 42" (107 cm) AFFL.

REV.

MARCH 2006


55


PUBLIC AREAS

Guest Safety Box (continued)

Duplex outlet mounted 39" (99 cm) AFFL adjacent to counter. Press button, to operate buzzer located in the front desk cashier’s area. Electric strike for lock on guest entry door controlled from button at front desk cashier’s area. Closed circuit TV (CCTV) camera to cover safety deposit boxes (staff side). 1.5.

Doorman’s Stand Provide a workstation (approximately 6 ft2 - 0.5 m2) within a freestanding stand for the doorman. The station should be located as close to the main entrance doors as possible, but concealed from guests’ direct view. The station is to have a duplex electrical outlet, wall telephone and computer systems outlets as well as a well-lit work service with lockable cupboards above and below. It will also house a small fridge (FF & E) as well as waste bin (FF & E) and four lockable drawers.

1.6.

Parking Cashier Payment for valet parking will be handled by the parking cashier (approximately 70 ft2 6.5 m2) who should be located adjacent to the hotels’ porte cochere. It should be also been located so as to facilitate entry and exit of valet to the hotel’s parking areas, but away from direct view of the hotel guests. A Dutch door with the upper section of the door formed of ¼” (0.6 cm) tempered glass with a Nissen speaker hole, a stainless steel sliding cash tray, with the lower section solid timber. The office will house lockable drawers and cupboards as well as telephone, duplex electrical outlets and computer systems outlets. An alarm button will activate a buzzer within the security office.

1.7.

Luggage Room The luggage room shall provide secure room for temporary storage of luggage, including wall shelving, for arriving or departing guests. In resorts, provide for additional capacity to handle sports equipment. The luggage room is also used for bellmen’s storage. The luggage room should be located near front desk and doorman’s stand and should have direct access to service elevators.

REV.

MARCH 2006


56


PUBLIC AREAS

Business Centre The business center provides working and meeting facilities for guests as well as clerical, computer and communications support facilities. The number of additional board rooms, meeting rooms and semi-private guest offices to be determined by the specific program requirements. The business center should have direct access to public circulation and be located adjacent to hotel administration for guest convenience and efficient use of hotel staff and facilities. In some hotels the hotel administration reception will be combined with the business center administration. The room should have the following features: a) Standup reception desk with two guest chairs adjacent. b) Provide the following features at the reception desk:

1.9.

i)

Duplex electrical outlets (UPS) for CRT and keyboard

ii)

Computer system outlets

iii)

Telephone outlets

iv)

Duplex electrical outlets.

Public Washrooms Washrooms must be designed and finished to the same quality level as the other public areas of the hotel. It is most important that every effort is made to incorporate unique and residential design features. Washrooms should be conveniently located near the public areas e.g. main entrance, meeting rooms and food and beverage outlets. Where the public areas are on more than one floor or are very spread out, provide washrooms on each additional floor or in each section of large floors. Quantity of fixtures to be provided shall conform to local by-laws and building code requirements. Provide barrier-free WC stall as per local code requirements. All fixtures will be products as manufactured by the Kohler Company or other equal and approved. WC’s and urinals must be located in a separate area from vanities. Urinal privacy dividers, fixed to floor and wall, should be 3/4" (1.9 cm) granite, 1’6” (0.5 m) wide and 4’6” (1.4 m) high. WC compartments shall be 3' 0" wide x 5' 6" long (0.9 x 1.7 m). Partitions will be full height drywall with a 2' 4" x 7' 0" x 1 3/4" (0.6 x 2.1m x 4.4 cm) solid core door undercut 1" (2.5 cm). Each compartment will have its own exhaust grille. Each door must have a “self closing” spring hinge and an occupancy indicator.

REV.

MARCH 2006


57


PUBLIC AREAS

Public Washrooms (continued)

Women’s washrooms should have an area separate from the wet areas, with dry vanities, stools etc. for make-up. Lighting must be excellent with downlights above each urinals, decorative ceiling fixtures in WC rooms and general areas and wall sconces and downlights above each lavatory basin. A decorative mirror above each vanity. Plain sheets of mirror will not be acceptable. A janitor’s storage closet with floor sink and mop rack adjacent to each group of washrooms is to be provided. Provide wall mounted telephone. Each washroom is to have a full-length mirror not less than 2' 0" x 6' 6” (0.6 x 2.0 m) high. Provide at least one floor drain per washroom area and a recessed hose bibb with screwdriver stop and one waterproof duplex electrical outlet mounted 18" (46 cm) on center AFFL immediately below the vanity.

REV.

MARCH 2006


58


PUBLIC AREAS

Functional Diagram: Lobby and Circulation

Public Washrooms Telephones

Front Desk

LOBBY Concierge

Luggage

Bell Captain

REV.

MARCH 2006


MAIN ENTRANCE

Valet

59


2.1.

PUBLIC AREAS

FOOD AND BEVERAGE

Lobby Lounge Provide guest seating area (allow 28 ft2 - 2.6 m2 per seat) for socializing, reading and relaxing. The lobby lounge shall be located adjacent to the main lobby and its design coordinated accordingly.

2.2.

Lobby Bar Provide beverage service and seating area (allow 24 ft2 - 2.2 m2 per seat) for socializing guests in a bar lounge to be located adjacent to the lobby lounge and main lobby. Limited food service menu will be provided.

2.3.

Entertainment Bar and Lounge An entertainment lounge with beverage service and a variety of seating (allow 28 ft2 2.6 m2 per seat) and socializing areas for guest entertainment. Limited food service menu shall be provided. Waiters will pick up drinks from a separate service bar, which may be part of a guests’ stool bar. Service stands (FF & E) shall be provided adjacent to the stool bar. The incandescent lighting level in the service stand area is to be kept as low as practical with a local wall box dimmer. Each service stand will require the following features: a)

Duplex electrical outlet (UPS) for point of sale and telephone

b)

Point of sale cable outlet

c)

Telephone

d)

Duplex electrical outlets

The service bar (approximately 250 ft2 - 23.2m2 shall incorporate the following features:

REV.

a)

Lock up system for back bar display

b)

Adjustable display shelving for back bar

c)

Telephone outlets

d)

Point of sale (UPS) outlets

e)

Lighting dimming control, background music volume control

f)

Under-counter refrigerators

g)

Glass washing equipment

h)

Alcohol dispensing equipment

i)

Stools, each stool requiring 24” (61 cm) of bar counter.

MARCH 2006


60


PUBLIC AREAS

Entertainment Bar & Lounge (continued)

Provide facilities for live entertainment including two 110V x 15 amp electric al outlets. This facility shall be located and designed in such a way as to provide an effective acoustic separation from guestrooms. It should preferably be accessed directly from the main lobby. 110 V x 15 amp duplex electrical outlets on 40’0” (12.2 m) centers for housekeeping purposes. 2.4.

Three Meal Restaurant A Three-Meal Restaurant facility (allow 24 ft2 - 2.2 m2 per seat) will serve breakfast, lunch and dinner. Restaurant size and other requirements such as buffet service, display kitchen, etc. shall be determined by the specific program requirements. Exterior views from the dining area are desirable. The Three-Meal Restaurant should be accessible from the main lobby and have direct access to the main kitchen. Typical table mix for urban hotel using a mixture of rectangular, square and round tables: a)

25% of 2’s (27” x 38” or 36” - 68 x 97 or 92 cm diameter)

b)

Two 6’s (54” – 138 cm diameter)

c)

Remainder 4’s (38” x 38” – 97 x 97 of which 25% should be convertible to 51” – 130 cm diameter table for 6’s).

Typical table mix for resort hotel using a mixture of square and round tables: a)

50% of 2’s (27” x 38” or 36” – 68 x 97 cm or 92 cm diameter)

b)

Two 6’s (54” – 138 cm diameter)

c)

Remainder 4’s (38” x 38” – 97 x 97 cm of which 50% should be convertible to 51” - 130 cm diameter table for 6’s).

Provide vestibule with separate exit/entry doors to kitchen to minimize sound and light transmission. Vestibule doors should operate automatically via infrared sensor. Each vestibule should be a minimum of 4’0” (1.2 m) wide. Service vestibule to house adjustable overhead shelving 15” (38 cm) wide with lockable drawers below as well as duplex electrical outlets and telephone outlets (credit card verification) and duplex electrical outlets (UPS) for computer equipment. An opening for soiled linen bin (FF & E) is to be allowed for. Lighting is this area is to be subdued with the overhead millwork unit having an incandescent strip light immediately above the work surface. The color scheme selected for this area is to be dark in nature. Volume of cabinet calculated on the basis of ½ cu. ft (0.02 m3) per seat.

REV.

MARCH 2006


61


PUBLIC AREAS

Three Meal Restaurant (continued)

Maitre d’s station is to incorporate the following features: a)

Multi-line telephone and base station for cordless telephone

b)

A 110V x 15amp duplex electrical outlet

c)

Recessed light fixture to illuminate writing surface

d)

Sloped writing surface with drawer and cabinet with adjustable shelves.

Service stands (FF & E) (one every 35 seats) shall be provided at locations not immediately adjacent to a seating arrangement. The incandescent lighting level in the service stand area is to be kept as low as practical with a local wall box dimmer. Each service stand will require the following features: a)

Duplex electrical outlet (UPS) for point of sale and telephone

b)

Point of sale cable outlet

c)

Telephone

d)


Coat check storage space (approximately 45 ft2 - 4.2 m2 ) adjacent the maitre d' station. Locate room lighting dimming control, background music volume control and ceiling fan control at a service stand and out of guests’ sight or in a control niche adjacent the maitre d’s stand. 2.5.

Specialty Restaurant This restaurant should provide a fine dining experience for hotel guests (allow 30 ft2 – 2.8 m2 per seat). It is very important that the interior design of the room creates a rich, warm, friendly and welcoming ambience without being formal. Main entry doors should be of “open” design, e.g., wrought iron to be able to showcase the room when closed. The Specialty Restaurant should be easily accessible from the main lobby and adjacent or linked to the main kitchen. It should be visible from the public circulation area. Exterior views from the dining area are desirable. Service vestibule, service stations, maitre d' station, coat check and table mix requirements similar to Three Meal Restaurant. Locate room lighting dimming control and background music volume in a control niche adjacent the maitre d’s stand. Table sizes and mix similar to Three Meal Restaurant.

REV.

MARCH 2006


62


PUBLIC AREAS

Functional Diagram: Food and Beverage

Lobby Bar

Three Meal Restaurant Main Kitchen

REV.

LOBBY

Lobby Lounge

Specialty Restaurant

MARCH 2006


63


3.1.

PUBLIC AREAS

RECREATIONAL AREAS

Health Club Reception The reception (approximately 300 ft2 – 27.8 m2) serves as the main arrival and control point for the recreation area. It should accommodate waiting, reception and registration areas. Other specific needs shall be determined by the specific program requirements. The reception area should be easily accessible by the guest. It should be adjacent to the swimming pool in order to share staff with other recreation areas and visible from the hotel public circulation area. The reception desk (approximately 14’0” - 4.3 m long) will have the following:

3.2.

a)

Guest safety deposit boxes (allow 20)

b)

Telephone outlets

c)

Computer terminals, printers and duplex electrical outlets (all UPS)

d)


e)

Monitor for CCTV’s in cardiovascular and weight rooms

f)

Buzzer for emergency button at steam and sauna rooms (with automatic roll over to telephone operators’ room if not answered within 30 seconds)

g)

Lockable drawers and cupboards. Cupboards to have adjustable shelving

h)

Lighting level and back ground music volume controls.

Guest Lounge In properties with larger health clubs a relaxation lounge is required. Also in some hotels, especially resorts, a lounge is required for guests arriving before their rooms are ready, or whose flights departures are after normal check out times. This lounge together with the locker rooms and showers enable guests to freshen up, change and use the hotel facilities even though their room is not available. The lounge should also provide a quiet area for guests to read or just relax. It should be located adjacent to the club reception area and requires the following features:

REV.

a)

Telephone outlets

b)

Duplex electrical outlet

c)

TV with DVD/VCR

d)

Central stereo system with ceiling audio speakers

MARCH 2006


64


PUBLIC AREAS

Guest Lounge (continued)

3.3.

e)

Local point, i.e. fireplace

f)

Seating for 15-20 guests. Dresser unit for coffee/tea/juice set up

g)

Magazine/newspaper display rack

h)

Pantry (approximately 100 ft2- 9.3 m2) with domestic refrigerator, coffee maker, stainless steel sink, counters and cupboards as well as duplex electrical outlets and telephones.

Guest Luggage Storeroom Located adjacent to reception (approximately 100 ft2 - 9.3 m2) with the following features:

3.4.

a)

Heavy duty shelving 2’6” (0.8 m) wide (full length of two sides of room) x full height of room for guests’ suitcases

b)

Hanging rod 1” (2.5 cm) diameter x 6’0” (1.8 m) long for hanging garment bags

c)

Full height adjustable shelving 1’6” wide x 4’0” (0.5 x 1.2 m) long.

Health Club General Requirements The purpose of these areas (allow a minimum of 6,000 ft2 – 558 m2) is to provide guest with exercise, cardiovascular, weight lifting equipment, fitness and relaxation activities. The facility will include lockers, changing rooms, showers, toilets, steam and saunas. The facilities should have direct access to the swimming pool activities. Exterior views are very desirable.

3.5.

Locker Rooms Locker rooms should be designed to the highest quality in keeping with the level attained in the hotel public areas. Wet areas should be kept separate from the dry areas and the guest should not have to cross one to reach the other. The locker rooms should include the following features:

REV.

a)

Stand-up grooming centres with clean towel storage, bins for used towels, under counter refrigerators and duplex electrical outlets for hair dryers

b)

Clothes rods and robe hooks, as well as open slatted shelving for shoes

c)

Full length mirrors

d)

Swimsuit dryer connected to 110V x 20 amp direct connection

MARCH 2006


65


PUBLIC AREAS

Locker Room (continued)

3.6.

e)

Excellent lighting

f)

Changing cubicles and benches

g)

Half size and full size wooden lockers

h)

House telephones

i)

TV’s with DVD’s in relaxation areas

j)

Plumbing fixtures and vanity areas to be design using the same criteria as the guestrooms and public areas

k)

Ensue adequate air changes in wet areas (negative pressure to prevent moist air transferring to dry areas).

Massage Rooms Massage rooms (each approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2) are to have concealed cove lighting with an independent dimmer switch and temperature thermostat. All walls are to be soundproofed to achieve a rating of STC 54. Flooring to be carpet tile. The ceiling is to have built-in audio speakers connected to a CD player (FF & E). Each massage room will have 2’0” wide x 4’0” long (0.6 x 1.2 m) counter with sink and storage cabinets above and below. Duplex electrical outlets and telephone outlet. Robe hooks and towel bars.

3.7.

Herbal Wrap Rooms These rooms (each approximately 250 ft2 – 23.2 m2) are to have concealed cove lighting with independent dimmer switch and temperature thermostat. All walls are to be soundproofed to achieve a rating of STC 54. The ceiling is to have built-in audio speakers connected to a CD player (FF & E). Flooring to be stone. The room is also to have a 2’0” wide x 4’0” long (0.6 x 1.2 m) counter with sink and storage cabinets above and below. Duplex electrical outlets and telephone outlet. Robe hooks and towel bars. In addition, a storage/preparation room (approximately 150 ft2 – 13.9 m2) is required with the following features:

REV.

a)

2’0” wide x 6’0” long (0.6 x 1.8 m) counter with stainless steel double bowled sink and storage cabinets above and below

b)

Storage shelving

c)

Ice machine

d)

Hydro collator

e)

Three-tier trolley

f)

Additional exhaust as required for herb cooker.

MARCH 2006


66


PUBLIC AREAS

Wet Treatment Rooms The interior walls and floor of the wet treatment rooms (approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2) should be finished with stone. Concealed cove lighting with independent dimmer switch and temperature thermostat. All walls are to be soundproofed to achieve a rating of STC 54. The room is also to have a 2’0” wide x 4’0” (0.6 x 1.2m) long counter with sink and storage cabinets above and below. Duplex electrical outlets and telephone outlet. Robe hooks and towel bars. In addition the rooms are to have the following features:

3.9.

a)

Vichy shower and table

b)

4” (10 cm) Diameter stainless steel floor drain

c)

Shower cubicle (as per guestroom shower requirements).

Sauna Room The interior of the sauna (approximately 120 ft2 – 11.1m2) should be finished throughout in selected cedar, including the floor with three tiers of seating, each 2’0” (0.6 m) wide. The double glazed entry door with a wooden handle both sides, is to open out. Adjacent to the outside of the entry door will be the temperature control (set to a maximum of 180 F – 82 C), rob hooks and the emergency buzzer (connected to the reception desk).

3.10.

Steam Room The walls and ceiling (sloped) of the steam room (approximately 120 ft2 – 11.1 m2) is to be constructed in sand and cement plaster and finished with ceramic tiles. The floor and seating areas are to have non-slip stone finish. A tempered glass entry door with wooden handle both sides, is to open out. Adjacent to the outside of the entry door will be the temperature control, rob hooks and the emergency buzzer (connected to the reception desk). The floor is to incorporate a floor drain and the steam source requires access for regular maintenance.

3.11.

Janitor’s Closet A janitor’s closet (approximately 120 ft2 – 11.1 m2) will have the following features:

REV.

a)

Floor sink with hot and cold service sink faucet, with ceramic tile surround

b)

Adjustable shelving 16” wide by 4’0” (04. x 1.2 m) (minimum of four shelves)

c)

Mop rack

d)

Vinyl floor and vinyl baseboard

e)

Wall mounted telephone.

MARCH 2006


67


PUBLIC AREAS

Swimming Pools and Whirlpool Provide swimming pools and whirlpool facilities in relation to specific program requirements (consideration for outdoor pools to be determined in relation to project location/climate). The water purification system should be a chlorine automatic feed system with modular cartridge filters. It is essential that any vibration arising from the swimming pools and whirlpool mechanical equipment be not transmitted to the building structure. Combination of lap pool, wadding pool and whirlpool to be considered in relation to specific program requirements. Water surface to be (approximately 1,500 ft2 – 140 m2) (Resort 10,000 ft2 – 930 m2) minimum or as required by the specific program requirements. Maximum pool depth to be 4’6” (1.4 m). The water temperature to be regulated to a maximum of 80F (27C). A separate pool area (Resorts) should be provided for children (approximately 800 ft2 – 74 m2 ) with water level from 2’ 0” (0.6 m) to maximum of 3’ 0” (0.9 m) deep. The pool should incorporate an area for small children where the water is from 0’ 0” to 1’ 0” (0 to 0.3 m) deep. Locate children’s pool remote from main pool(s) to minimise disturbance of adult guests. Access must avoid circulation through the main lobby. The facilities must be adjacent to the spa/health club to share staff and locker facilities. Proximity to the guestroom elevator core is required. Access to sunny location and exterior view is important. Water Depths: At shallow end

3’ 0” (0.9 m)

At main drain (1/3 of pool length from deep end)

4’6” (1.4 m)

At deep end

4’ 0” (1.2 m)

Whirlpool

2’ 10” (0.8 m)

Plunge Pool

4’ 0” (1.2 m)

The whirlpool (approximately 250 ft2 – 23.2 m2) should be exceptionally large and unusual in shape, preferably not circular. It will generally be recessed in the pool deck although the surrounding wall may be up to 2’ 0” (0.6 m) high, i.e., whirlpool recessed 1’ 6” (0.5 m) into pool deck. The wall should be wide enough to permit comfortable seating on top. Maximum depth should be 3’6” (1.1m). The water temperature to be regulated to a maximum of 105F (40C). An additional 50% extra aerator outlets shall be installed in the whirlpool in addition to minimum quantity recommended by whirlpool equipment suppliers to provide a really lavish aeration system. These outlets should be mounted 6” and 12” (15 x 30 cm) above the seat. Whirlpool aeration control shall be by means of a 15-minute time switch located near the whirlpool at 5’ 0” (1.5 m) to centre line above finished floor level.

REV.

MARCH 2006


68


PUBLIC AREAS

Swimming Pools and Whirlpool (continued)

Where the switch may not be located near the whirlpool due to local code requirements, it shall be located outside the pool attendant’s office in a clearly visible position. Underwater lights to be provided at least equal to local code requirements and not less than two fixtures in the swimming pool and one in each plunge pool. No underwater light is required in the bottom of the whirlpool. Dry niche underwater lights are preferred. The plunge pool (approximately 130 ft2 – 12 m2) should have the water temperature to be regulated to a maximum of 80F (27C) Swimming pool, whirlpool and plunge pool to be finished with non-slip ceramic tiles. Depth markings indicating 3’0” , 4’0” and 4’6” (0.9m, 1.2 m and 1.4 m) are to be located on the pool deck and pool sides adjacent to pool edge on both long sides of pool. Lane and turn markings shall be in tile and in accordance with international standards. Minimum depth of water in swimming lanes is 3’ 6” (1.1 m). All built-in accessories to be stainless steel. Access ladder required at each end of swimming pool and plunge pool and handrails to whirlpool. Provide removable handicapped lift to pool. Vacuum cleaning system accessories connected to pool water circulation system and a water testing kit. Life grab hook with pole, life rings and wall mounting supports are to be provided in accordance with the current NFPA codes. All indoor pools shall be heated and air conditioned as required by local climate to maintain an air temperature of 80F (27C). All pools shall be de-humidified to minimize damage from condensation. Wall mounted emergency telephone and wall mounted house phone. The wall surrounding the swimming pool area in indoor pools must be carried up to the structure and sealed to prevent migration of chlorine odors and moisture to adjacent areas. The pool deck area design and paving finish are very important in resorts. Adequate space must be provided for chaise lounges and these areas must be arranged in a way that creates a sense of privacy for groups of chaises. Landscaping and changes in level are an excellent way of achieving this result. Locate some chaise lounges on grassed areas. 50% of pool deck area should be shaded – cabanas, trellis, umbrellas, landscaping Specific design requirements are as follows: a)

REV.

Needs approximately one chaise for each guestroom plus 50% more for peak season

MARCH 2006


69


PUBLIC AREAS

Swimming Pools and Whirlpool (continued)

b)

Chaises arranged in groups of two with small table between

c)

Sufficient cabanas should be provided for 25% of chaises.

There should be a minimum of one service cabana and it should contain a 6’ 0” x 8’ 0” x 2’ 0” (1.8 x 2.4 x 0.6 m) L-shaped storage counter (provided by the General Contractor) and finished with a material to withstand weather, with sufficient storage shelving with lockable hinged doors for one day’s towel par – two towels per chaise x two changes per day, i.e., total of four per chaise per day. (200 Towels = approx. 5’ 0” x 5’ 0” x 2’ 0” – 1.5 x 1.5 x 0.6 m) and two lockable drawers, 4” (10 cm) deep. Also, two telephone outlets and computer system outlet, as well as space for dirty towel cart (40” l x 29” w x 39” h – 102 x 74 x 99 cm), garbage pail, cold water dispenser and ice chest. All service cabanas must have good access route to and from service cabanas for towel delivery and collection. Provide shower and footpath at location of entry to pool deck from beach area and at all pathways leading from beach. For maintenance purposes provide a ¾” (1.9 cm) hose bibb at 150 ft (45 m) centers for washing deck together with a waterproof duplex outlet. Provide weatherproof speakers with volume control at pool bar. Proper windbreaks – glass screens, landscaping, berms – must be provided to shelter deck. Wind also dictates care when sighting waterfalls, fountains, etc. 3.13.

Outdoor Recreational Facilities Facilities may include, but are not limited to the following: Tennis courts: a) b)

c) d) e) f)

REV.

All courts shall be lighted using the latest non-glare lighting fixtures Plastic coated metal fence 10’0” high with 4’0” wide (3.0 x 1.2 m) access gate to surround each court. Where two courts are side by side, fencing between courts should be removable for possible tournament seating Allow for a covered seating at side of courts Duplex electrical outlet at each end of court for ball machine Hose bibb for washdown and court maintenance Waiting area with duplex electrical outlets for small fridge (FF&E), washrooms, telephones and storeroom (approximately 100 ft2 – 9.3 m2)

MARCH 2006


70


PUBLIC AREAS

Outdoor Facilities (continued)

g) h)

Lockable shelving (clean towels) and receptacle for used towels Tennis pro shop (approximately 400 ft2 – 37 m2) with retail area, office, workroom for restringing, etc. and storeroom. Clear view of tennis courts is essential.

Some resorts may have half court size volleyball/basketball court. These are to have similar amenities as for tennis courts i.e. lighting, washrooms, etc. Resort beach activities should have access at one central point. The beach services pavilion and showers should be located at this point. The access route should be clearly separate from the pool area and pool bar, so that beach traffic does not compromise these areas. Service access to the beach for maintenance equipment, supplies, etc. should be completely separate from the guest access. A beach pavilion adjacent to the main access route from the hotel to the beach with a good view of the entire beach area The pavilion should have storage space for water sport activities, lockable drawers and cupboards for beach related items (suntan lotion, glasses, etc) as well as telephone outlets and duplex electrical outlets (some UPS), computer systems outlets, undercounter refrigerators (FF & E) for cold water and facial towels and clean towel storage (allow 12 ft2 – 1.1 m2 per 100 beach chairs) and used towel carts (approximately 3’0” x 3’0” – 0.9 x 0.9 m) Storage (approximately 200 ft2 – 18.6 m2) area adjacent the pavilion for beach chairs and beach sport related equipment Service cabanas, one per 1,000 ft (305 m) of beach). 3.14.

Indoor Recreational Facilities Facilities may include: a) Billiard/Pool room b) Table Tennis room c) Racquet/Squash courts Locate facilities near the recreation area to share staff and control point. A high noise factor generated by these games and their participants should be taken into account when locating these facilities.

REV.

MARCH 2006


71


3.15.

PUBLIC AREAS

Arcade & Computer Games Facilities may include: a) Game/Arcade room b) Computer game room Locate facilities near the reception area to share staff and control point. A high noise factor generated by these games and their participants should be taken into account when locating these facilities.

REV.

MARCH 2006


72


4.1.

PUBLIC AREAS

RETAIL

Retail Shops The design of these units, their lighting and the stores in general must reflect the same quality level as the other public areas of the hotel. The retail shops are another area where the hotel can set itself ahead of the competition and the same quality level, as the premiere “designer” stores is essential. The use of display windows and vitrines should be maximised complete with special display lighting. Provide only one entry/exit per store. A combination of built-in and freestanding display units are required. Locate the following features in an area that has clear view of all parts of the store, but away from the main entrance: a)

Adequate counter space for wrapping

b)

Jewellery display area incorporating glass top

c)

Concealed lighting

d)

Display shelves on full extension glides

e)

Down lighting at cash register and counter

f)

Power for jewellery display lighting

g)

Duplex (UPS) outlet

h)

Computer cable connection

i)

Two telephone outlets

j)


A changing area (approximately 15 ft2 – 1.4 m2) is required in each clothing store. Brightly light, full-length mirror, small bench, two robe hooks and small hook for shoehorn. Storage drawers should be on full extension, heavy duty glides with proper pull hardware commensurate with weight and size of drawer. Typically glass shelving is better than solid shelving as it has a brighter look and gives a more open display. Solid, sloping shelving however, is fine for newspapers and magazines. All shelving should be adjustable with continuous, recessed support track for full height of display units.

REV.

MARCH 2006


73


PUBLIC AREAS

Retail Shops (continued)

Provide storeroom and manager’s work area (approximately 150 ft2 – 13.9 m2 or 15% of store areas) whichever is the larger. Storage will need to be higher in remote locations to a maximum of 20%. Storeroom should have direct access from service corridor as well as direct access to retail shop. Provide adjustable shelving throughout storage provided at the bottom of display units should be in drawers on full extension guides, not on shelves behind doors. Store Manager’s work area requires the following features: a)

Duplex electrical outlets (UPS)

b)

Computer cable connection

c)

Telephone outlet

d)


General down-lighting as well as display, accent and decorative lighting; all on dimmers located in manager’s work area. General-purpose duplex electrical outlets for store displays and housekeeping. Background music with control in manager’s work area. 4.2.

Beauty Salon The salon (approximately 500 ft2 – 46.5 m2) will provide full beauty services including hairdressing, manicure, pedicure and private facial rooms. It will include its own manager’s office and storage room. The entire salon will be built out by the tenant, although the General Contractor will provide floor drains and “rough-ins” for all services. Easy and direct access from the main circulation or as an integral part of the spa and health club.

REV.

MARCH 2006


74


5.

5.1.

PUBLIC AREAS

BALLROOMS AND MEETING ROOMS

General Requirements Ballrooms are to be designed to suit the requirements of the incentive group market. These groups use the rooms for major promotions as well as normal dinner and social functions. The Ballroom/meeting area foyer must relate directly with the main entry lobby by the public corridor. The requirements will be similar to those expressed under the main entry lobby section of these Design Standards. The circulation area serves as the main arrival and control point and it should accommodate business center, meeting coordinator, coat checkroom, phone and public washroom facilities. The lobby circulation links the pre-function area to the facility's main entrance and to the hotel's public circulation. The coat-check room, guests’ washrooms and telephones should be adjacent to it. Entrance to have direct access to guestroom service (luggage) elevators. All exposed grilles, diffusers, sprinkler escutcheons, speakers, etc shall be factory painted to match adjacent surface. Ductwork behind grilles and diffusers to be painted matt black. Where high temperature producing equipment is located beneath, above or adjacent to public areas, a special insulating wall or ceiling is to be provided to prevent heat transmission to these areas. Where very noisy and/or vibrating equipment is located beneath, above or adjacent public areas, a special isolating wall or ceiling is to be provided. This wall or ceiling is in addition to providing antivibration mountings for individual pieces of equipment. All walls to have a sound rating of not less than 54 dB (FSTC 54).

5.2.

Ballroom Pre-function Space Pre-function space (approximately 40% of net ballroom area) should accommodate group reception and registration area and provide assembly space for ballrooms and meeting rooms at beginning, intermission and post function activities and be private and separate from the hotel general circulation areas. Portable group registration desks (FF & E) shall have the following voice/data provisions should be concealed in the wall behind a baseboard access panel at each desk location: a)

REV.

Duplex electrical outlets (UPS) for computer system (CRT, keyboard and printer)

MARCH 2006


75


PUBLIC AREAS

Ballroom Pre-function Space (continued)

b)

Computer cable outlets (computer and printer)

c)


Multi-line telephone outlets for credit card verifier, located as follows: a)

Main ballroom foyer - 4 desks (2 in each subdivision)

b)

Junior ballroom foyer - 2 desks (2 in each subdivision)

c)

Ballroom courtyard - 2 desks (2 in each subdivision).

A (temporary) service bar at one end with direct access to the service corridor. Exterior views from the pre-function space are desirable in urban hotels and essential in resorts. 5.3.

Ballroom Foyer Requirements Each ballroom foyer, or where divisible into halves, each ballroom foyer subdivision must be able to function independently i.e. there must be provision for each to locally control the following features:

5.4.

a)

Background music control (local control)

b)

Sound reproduction through background music speakers in lieu of background music (local control)

c)

Lighting dimming (local control)

d)

Supply and exhaust air system (local thermostat)

e)

Electrical services as shown on Fairmont Hotels and Resorts Standard Details

f)

Group registration requirements as shown on Fairmont Hotels and Resorts Standard Details.

Main Ballroom Requirements Ballrooms are to be designed to suit the requirements of the incentive group market, which typically uses these rooms for major promotions as well as normal dinner and social functions. The banquet seating capacity (approximately 10 ft2 – 0.9 m2/guest) will be affected by size and efficiency of configuration and is to be verified against an actual table and seating layout to ensure that the capacity required in specific program requirements is achieved. The main ballroom will be adjacent to the pre-function space and linked on the rear to the service corridor and main kitchen.

REV.

MARCH 2006


76


PUBLIC AREAS

Main Ballroom Requirements (continued)

Provide windows where possible, yet room must be capable of complete black out. Minimum clear height of 18' 0" ( 5.5 m)under chandeliers and lowest ceiling level. All walls, including movable partition walls to have a sound rating of not less than 54 dB (FSTC 54). Clear automobile access route must be provided to the ballroom together with an 8' 0" (2.4 m) wide pair of entry doors or removable panel. Ceiling design must incorporate anchor/suspension points for scenery etc. and power outlets/suspension bars for special lighting. Align pot lights with structural beams or special support beams - with the removal of the light can, the beam can be used to support a lighting truss, scenery anchors etc. A motorised projection screen is required at each end of the ballroom. The screen (approximately 14' 0" wide x 14' 0" high – 4.3 x 4.3 m)and the retaining box shall be mounted above the ceiling so that the screen is completely concealed when not in use. The switch operating the screen will be mounted on the wall in the adjacent control niche. The screen shall be without borders and with matt white reflective surface. Main ballroom to be sub-divisible into halves (double layer of partitioning) and thirds (single layer of partitioning). Each ballroom subdivision must be able to function independently i.e. there must be provision for each to locally control: a)

Background music volume and on/off

b)

Sound reproduction through background music speakers in lieu of background music

c)

Head table and runway lighting

d)

General lighting dimming

e)

Remote control of lighting should also be available to enable light levels to be controlled by an audio-visual operator running a slide show.

Each ballroom subdivision must incorporate:

REV.

a)

Supply air system with local control thermostat

b)

Exhaust air system

c)

Baseboard electrical requirements as shown on Fairmont Hotels and Resorts Standard Details.

MARCH 2006


77


PUBLIC AREAS

Main Ballroom Requirements (continued)

d)

One light fixture circuit, three way switched from the main entrance door and the service door

e)

Two pairs of entrance and two pairs of service doors (6' 6" – 2 m wide overall). One pair of service doors to open into ballroom.

Ballrooms of approximately 7,000 ft2 – (650 m2) and larger will include two 200-amp x 208V 3-phase breaker panels in the service corridor behind each ballroom subdivision, i.e., a total of 6 outlets. Acoustically rated conduit for connection between inside of ballroom and service corridor below each panel is to be provided. a)

5.5.

The service corridor behind the ballrooms to be painted a dark color and should have at least the following width: i)

4,000 to 7,000 ft2 (372 to 650 m2 ) ballroom, allow 12' 0" (3.7 m) wide

ii)

7,000 to 10,000 ft2 (650 to 929 m2) ballroom, allow 15' 0" (4.6 m) wide

iii)

10,000 to 15,000 ft2 (929 to 1,394 m2) ballroom, allow 18' 0" (5.5 m) wide.

Junior Ballroom Fairmont Hotels & Resorts Design Standards for the main ballroom apply equal to the junior ballroom. The junior ballroom (approximately 50% of main ballroom) will provide function spaces for intermediate sized groups. It shall accommodate multi-purposes uses and may be divisible in half (single layer of partitioning) and is to have rear access from the service corridor and main kitchen. Minimum ceiling height shall be 18’0” (5.5 m) clear to underside of chandelier. Provide windows where possible.

5.6.

Meeting Rooms Provide meeting rooms (approximately 15 ft2 – 1.4 m2/person) for smaller groups located adjacent to the pre-function areas. Consider a wider corridor in front of the meeting rooms as the pre-function space. Windows in meeting rooms are desirable in urban hotels. They are essential in a majority of meeting rooms for resort hotels. All walls to have a sound rating of not less than 54 dB (FSTC 54). All of the meeting rooms are to have direct back-of-the-house service. Minimum clear height of 12’ 0” ( 3.7 m) under chandeliers and lowest ceiling level.

REV.

MARCH 2006


78


PUBLIC AREAS

Meeting Rooms (continued)

Marker boards are to be provided by and built in by the general contractor. The marker boards are to be white porcelain surfaced steel for use with magnets and markers, complete with full length and anodized aluminum pen marker ledge. Include two complete sets of magnets for each board. Cork boards, where specified for bulletin boards, orientation units etc., are to be supplied and installed by the general contractor. They are to be 1/4" (0.6 cm) thick in widths as wide as possible with colours selected by the interior designer. Projection screens are to be provided and installed by the general contractor. The size is to be specified by the Interior Designer together with the Audiovisual Consultant. The matt white screens are to have patented automatic tensionizer, be electrically operated with self-storing housing in a recess within the ceiling. 5.7.

Meeting Planners Room Incentive group organizers or their clients typically send a Meeting Planner with each group to manage the group’s day-to-day activities and coordinate with the hotel where requirements change or additional facilities are required. These coordinators require a private area in which to work. Each hotel may have a number of groups at one time and therefore, two group planners offices shall be provided in each property. They should both be adjacent to the main meeting areas but separate from each other. Design requirements are as follows features:

5.8.

a)

Office (approximately 150 ft2 – 13.9 m2) with four duplex outlets and three telephone outlets (one for fax machine and one for lap top adjacent to a duplex outlet)

b)

Storeroom (approximately 50 ft2 – 4.6 m2) entered directly off the office. Storeroom to have five 18" (46 cm) wide adjustable shelves for full length of two walls.

Boardrooms Boardrooms (approximately 300 ft2 – 27.9 m2) shall provide function spaces for executive meetings. They shall have upgraded interior finishes. The functional relationship is similar to meeting rooms and Fairmont Hotels and Resorts Design Standards apply equally. Provide windows where possible. All walls to have a sound rating of not less than 54 dB (FSTC 54).

REV.

MARCH 2006


79


PUBLIC AREAS

Conference Facility Storage Furniture and equipment storage (approximately 20% of net meeting area excluding foyers) for the ballrooms and meeting facilities is separate from the main hotel storage room.

REV.

MARCH 2006


80


PUBLIC AREAS

Functional Diagram: Conference Facilities

Banquet Kitchen

Conference Centre Storage

Main Ballroom

Pre-Function

Junior Ballroom

Pre-Function

Meeting Rooms and Boardrooms Pre-Function

Public Circulation Meeting Coordination Office

Public Washrooms Public Phones

Business Centre

Conference Centre Lobby

Coat Check Room

Conference Centre Entrance Lobby

REV.

MARCH 2006


81


PUBLIC AREAS

Public Areas Standards Details Page

REV.

TYPICAL DOORMAN’S BUILT-IN-STATION

83

TYPICAL REGISTRATION DESK

84

TYPICAL REGISTRATION DESK –SECTION A

85

TYPICAL REGISTRATION DESK –SECTION B

86

TYPICAL REGISTRATION DESK –SECTION C

87

TYPICAL CONCIERGE DESK

88

TYPICAL CONCIERGE DESK – SECTION A

89

TYPICAL CONCIERGE DESK – SECTION B

90

TYPICAL CONCIERGE DESK – SECTION C

91

TYPICAL CONCIERGE DESK – SECTION D

92

TYPICAL GUEST SAFETY DEPOSIT BOX ROOM

93

TYPICAL GUEST SAFETY-DEPOSIT BOXES

94

TYPICAL CONCIERGE WORK/STORAGE ROOM LAYOUT

95

TYPICAL CONCIERGE WORK/STORAGE ROOM ELEVATIONS

96

TYPICAL HEALTH CLUB RECEPTION DESK

97

TYPICAL MASSAGE ROOM

98

TYPICAL HEALTH CLUB SHOWER ENCLOSURE LAYOUT

99

TYPICAL POOL SERVICE CABANA

100

TYPICAL MEETING ROOM AND BALLROOM AUDIO VISUAL & ELECTRICAL LEGEND

101

TYPICAL MEETING ROOM AND BALLROOM AUDIO VISUAL AND ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND COMPONENTS

102

TYPICAL MEETING ROOM ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

103

TYPICAL BALLROOM ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

104

LAYOUT FOR BALLROOM PRE-FUNCTION

105

TYPICAL MEETING ROOM & BALLROOM CONTROL NICHE

106

TYPICAL MEETING ROOM, BALLROOM & PREFUNCTION BASEBOARD ACCESS PANEL

107

TYPICAL MEETING ROOM ORIENTATION UNIT

108

MARCH 2006


82


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

83


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

84


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

85


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

86


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

87


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

88


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

89


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

90


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

91


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

92


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

93


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

94


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

95


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

96


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

97


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

98


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

99


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

100


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

101


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

102


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

103


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

104


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

105


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

106


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

107


REV.

MARCH 2006


PUBLIC AREAS

108


C.

GUESTROOM AREAS

1.

CORRIDORS AND CIRCULATION

1.1.

GUESTROOM AREAS

General Requirements Provide a circulation corridor for guests and housekeeping at every Guestroom levels including the Entrée Gold level. Provide a lobby area in front of the passenger elevators. Doors to service areas to be recessed to prevent obstruction of guest traffic flow. All service to open from service area into guest corridor. These doors are to be finished to match guestroom entrance doors. Twistlock electrical receptacles at 40’0” (12.2 m) centers for maintenance at 12” (30 cm) AFFL. Duplex electrical outlets at 22” (56 cm) on center line AFFL at each furniture arrangement for desk lighting. All exposed grilles, diffusers, sprinkler escutcheons, speakers, etc shall be factory painted to match adjacent surface. Ductwork behind grilles and diffusers to be painted matt black. Where very noisy and/or vibrating equipment is located above or below guestrooms, a special isolating ceiling shall be provided. This ceiling is in addition to providing antivibration mountings for individual pieces of equipment. Transparent ½” x ½” (1.3 x 1.3 cm) corner guards shall be applied to all exposed exterior angles. Corridor: Minimum width of 6’0” (1.8 m). Provide a setback of 1’0” (0.30 m) at guestroom entry doors. Bulkhead: Minimum height of 8’0” (2.54 m) Length of corridor and dead-end condition: As per the governing bylaws.

1.2.

Elevator Lobby Elevator Lobby dimensions: a)

Minimum width of 10' 0" (3.1 m) for single loaded elevator lobby

b)

Minimum width of 12' 0" (3.7 m) for double loaded elevator lobby

Ceiling Height: Minimum height of 9’ 0” (2.7 m) to under slab, with coves or articulated ceiling in elevator lobbies The elevator lobby should be central to guestrooms served. Provide exterior views where possible from the elevator lobby.

REV.

MARCH 2006


109


GUESTROOM AREAS

Elevator Lobby (continued)

Provide ceiling coves and chandeliers together with marble trim around elevator entrances and painted or etched design on elevator doors. Duplex electrical outlet and telephone outlet at furniture arrangement mounted 22” (56 cm) AFFL. 1.3.

Guestroom Support Provide space for guestroom support facilities and guests convenience, including: a)

Self-service, water-cooled “Manitowoc QPA- 310” (or other equal and approved) ice dispensing machine in enclosed room. A solid core door is to be provided at the entrance to the room, together with full height millwork panels, hinged on the walls, mounted flush with the front face and installed on either side of the centrally located ice cube dispensing machine. Vinyl floor covering below and up to 2’0” (0.6 m) in front of the icedispensing machine, with the remainder of the area carpeted. Acoustic ceiling tiles on the entire wall and ceiling surface around unit to absorb equipment generated noise. The remainder of the room is to have drywall ceiling. All necessary services are to be provided to operate the ice dispensing machine together with ½” (1.3 cm) indirect copper drain lines from ½” (1.3 cm) F.P.T. sump drain and ½” (1.3 cm) F.P.T. melting tray drain and terminate at combination funnel floor drain. The room is to have a ceiling exhaust grille as a louvered door is unacceptable

b)

Housekeeping, linen and mini bar storage with the following features:

Minimum 8' 0" (2.5 m) clear in front of elevators for ease of access Lockable maids’ room with 18" (46 cm) wide shelving for consumables and 10' (3 m) of shelving required per 20 bedrooms. As well as a linen storage and control cabinet. Each half of the cabinet should contain enough linen for all rooms and the volume of each half should be calculated on the basis of 3 cu. Ft. (0.09 m3) per room. Cabinets to be lockable and all guestrooms floor cabinets to be keyed alike

REV.

MARCH 2006


110


GUESTROOM AREAS

Guestroom support (continued)

Storage space for maids’ housekeeping appliances. Allow approx. 5 ft2 (0.5 m2) per thirteen bedrooms and 5 ft2 (0.5m2) of storage space for spare chairs etc. Hanging rod 2’ 0” long (0.6 m) at 5' 6" (1.7 m) AFFL to hang spare bathrobes as well as three 6" (60 cm) long straight “hooks” to hang spare coat hangers A 24" (76 cm) square lockable access door to 30" diameter linen chute A 2' 0" wide x 1' 6" deep x high 6' 0" (0.6 x 0.5 x 1.8 m) lockable storage cabinet with six adjustable shelves for personal bar supplies All shelving to be plastic laminate faced Two timber rubbing rails, one at the base and one 2’0” (0.6 m) on centerline AFFL and corner guard treatment to all walls in service elevator foyer Where service elevator foyers have exterior windows, lighting shall be incandescent and the windows shall have fixed drapery panels to blend with the adjacent guestroom windows Service sink with ceramic tile surround to 4' 0" (1.2 m) AFFL. Tiles to project one course beyond sides of sink. Mop rack mounted at 5’0” (1.5 m) AFFL over sink Exhaust air grille in both service elevator foyer and maids’ room. Supply air grilles or ceiling transfer duct from corridor as required by climate Duplex outlets for housekeeping A wall mounted house telephone Electrical panels, dimmer equipment, switchgear etc. located in a service area must have locked access panels to controls. This equipment must not be located in the maids’ room. c)

REV.

Guest laundry (required for resort location only) room containing side by side washer and dryer with shelves above and 4 ft. (1.2 m) long adjacent counter 2’0” (0.6 m) wide with stainless steel sink and cabinets below.

MARCH 2006


111


GUESTROOM AREAS

Guestroom support (continued)

1.4.

d)

Staff powder room. Allow a staff powder room in each housekeeping area together with a full length mirror 2' 0" x 6' 0" (0.6 x 1.8 m)

e)

Janitor’s closet (approximately 40 ft2 – 3.7 m2 with floor sink and mop rack adjacent to housekeeping area.

Location All guestroom support areas are to be visually and acoustically remote from the guestroom corridors. Ice dispensing, vending machines and guests laundry spaces to be located near the elevator core in a separate room adjacent to the guestroom corridor. The housekeeping storage should be part of the service elevator core. Provide access to mechanical, electrical and communications service rooms located on each floor.

REV.

MARCH 2006


112


2.1.

GUESTROOM AREAS

STANDARD GUESTROOMS

General Requirements The standard guestroom provides working, relaxing and sleeping areas in the comfort of a one-module unit. Typically the percentage of standard guestrooms is approximately 85% of total guestrooms keys, however amount may vary depending on market requirements. Orientation and planning of guestroom wings as to provide desirable views. Connecting doors will typically be required on the following basis: (i) Urban hotels 15% to 20% of rooms depending on anticipated group and weekend business and (ii) Resorts 25% to 30% of rooms. Room connections should be approximately 90% king to double/double and 10% king to king, but it will vary depending on hotel location and total room mix. Walls between guestrooms, public corridors, elevator shafts and back-of-house areas to have a sound rating of not less than 54 dB (FSTC 54).

2.2.

2.3.

Guestroom Areas a)

One module/1 key

b)

Minimum net area of 442 ft2 – 41 m2 for a king room, 471 ft2 – 44 m2 for a double/double room. (Areas include interior bathroom and closet partitions)

c)

Dimensions are measured from interior face of exterior wall and common walls w/corridor and adjacent guestrooms)

d)

Minimum internal dimensions: King rooms: 14’6 Wide x 30’ 6” Long (4.4 x 9.3 m) (Resort 14’6” x 32’6” – 4.4 x 9.9 m)

ii)

Double/double rooms: 14’6 Wide x 32’6” Long (4.4 m x 9.9 m) (Resort 14’6” x 34’6” – 4.4 x 10.5 m).

Bedroom Area a)

b)

REV.

i)

Minimum internal area: i) King rooms: 261 ft2 (24 m2) (Resort 290 ft2 – 27 m2) ii) Double/double: 292 ft2 (27 m2) (Resort 319 ft2 – 30 m2). Minimum internal dimensions: i)

King rooms: 14’6’’ Wide x 18’0’’ Long (4.4 m x 5.5 m) (Resort 14’6” x 20’0” – 4.4 m x 6.1 m))

ii)

Double/double rooms: 14’6’’ Wide x 20’0’’ Long (4.4 x 6.1 m) (Resort 14’6” x 22’0” – 4.4 x 6.7 m).

MARCH 2006


113


2.5.

2.6.

2.7.

2.8.

REV.

GUESTROOM AREAS

Bathroom Area a)

Minimum of 103 ft2 (9.6 m2)

b)

Minimum internal dimensions: 8' 6” Wide x 12' 2” Long (2.6 x 3.7 m)

Clear Ceiling heights a)

Bedroom: Minimum 9’ 0’’ (2.7 m)

b)

Entrance Vestibule: Minimum 7’ 8’’ (2.3 m)

c)

Bathroom: Minimum 7’ 8’’ (2.3 m).

a)

A solid core flush main entry door with mouldings, size 1 ¾” thick x 3’0” wide x 7’0” high (4.4 cm x 0.9 m x 2.1 m)

b)

A Time Lox 2300 cardkey unit complete with selected handle and turning inside knob or lever type which will withdraw both latch and deadbolt

c)

Delayed action door closer

d)

Hardware as specified in Appendix 2

e)

Stone threshold

f)

Undercut door ¼” (0.6 cm) above threshold.

Entry Door

Bathroom Doors a)

Guestroom bathroom doors to be a pair of flush solid core doors 1 3/8” thick x 2’0” wide x 7’0” high (3.7 cm x 0.6 m x 2.1 m), undercut 1” above floor finish with full height bevelled edges mirror set in applied mouldings, to bathroom side of each door and applied mouldings on the other side

b)


Connecting Doors a)

Guestroom connecting doors (each door) to be solid core door with applied mouldings on bedroom side, 1 3/8” thick x 2’6” wide x 7’0” (3.7 cm x 0.8 m x 2.1 m) high with a FSTC rating of 39

b)


MARCH 2006


114


GUESTROOM AREAS

Connection Doors (continued)

2.9.

2.10.

REV.

c)

Stone threshold

d)

Undercut door ¼” (0.6 cm) above threshold.

a)

A minimum length of 5’0” (1.5 m) of hanging rod (Resort hotels 8’0” – 2.4 m), mounted at 5’9” (1.8 m) AFFL as well as a full height shelf unit including a built-in safe mounted 4’0” (1.2 m) AFFL)

b)

A clear interior depth of 2’0” (0.6 m)

c)

Shelf 15” (38 cm) wide open wood slatted shelf, mounted at 6’2” (1.9 m) AFFL

d)

A pair (two pairs in Resort hotels) of 1 3/8” (1.1 m) solid core doors with applied mouldings on one side

e)

Two single hooks for shoe horn and clothes brush mounted 3’6” AFFL on side wall

f)

Each closet must incorporate an interior light operated by a pressure switch in the frame of each door. Where there are three or more doors pressure switches must be provided to at least two.

g)

Hanger for iron and ironing board.

Closets

Windows a)

An operable section is required in all guest bedroom windows. The type of opening section e.g. pivot, side hung sash or sliding, depends upon the architect’s proposed fenestration details with maximum opening set at 4” (10.1 cm)

b)

Cylinder locks must be provided to all sliding doors on ground floor terraces. Provide thumb turn on inside

c)

Sliding balcony doors should be not less than 8’0” wide and 8’0” (2.4 x 2.4 m) high

d)

Insect screens should be provided to all opening sections where they would be a problem for the guest

e)

A removable plywood drapery valance and wood blocking together with drapery tracks are required

f)

Sound penetration through windows must be addressed where guestrooms face onto busy streets, etc

MARCH 2006


115


GUESTROOM AREAS

Windows (continued)

g)

2.11.

REV.

Where sliding louvered panels are used in lieu of drapes, a locking device must be provided on the panels to maintain security when exterior sliding doors are open.

Mechanical and Electrical a)

Convectors and grilles with concealed fixings to be painted to match adjacent surface. Ductwork behind grilles to be painted matt black

b)

Access to the control valves, fan motors and fan scrolls will be through a 1’6” x 2’6” (0.5 x 0.8 m) return air grille

c)

The horizontal fan coil unit is to be designed with a three speed motor and sized so the unit will provide the required heating or cooling output when the motor is running at slow speed. The unit sound level is not to exceed NC30 at slow speed and NC35 at medium speed. The valves, coils and thermostats must be silent in operation. The fan coil unit motor must run continuously at the selected speed and not cycle off when the desired temperature is achieved

d)

Energy smart thermostats to be mounted 54” (137 cm) to centre line AFFL

e)

Incorporate switch in frame of balcony door in humid climates to close down FCU when door is opened for extended periods of time

f)

Electrical outlets in party walls to be offset by at least 1’0” (0.3 m) to maintain specified sound ratings

g)

Light switches to be mounted 48” (120 cm) to centre line AFFL

h) i)

Electrical outlets to be mounted 1’0” (0.3 m) to centre line AFFL Locate 2 plex outlets at desk as shown on Fairmont Hotels and Resorts Design Standards Details

j)

Install door bell to all suites and guestroom that have extra long entry foyer

k)

Surface mounted ceiling fixtures in entry foyer and bedroom

MARCH 2006


116


GUESTROOM AREAS

Mechanical and Electrical

2.12.

l)

Provide three-way switching to guestroom entry foyer. Locate one switch at entry door and second switch centred on night stand (furthest from entry door) at 3’0” (0.9 m) to centre line AFFL

m)

Ceiling fan 4’0” (1.2 m) in diameter with variable speed control mounted 54” (137 cm) to centre line AFFL (next to thermostat) in resorts.

Personal Bar Where space allows, provide a 3’0” (0.9m) wide built-in personal bar unit, which will include the following features: a) Granite counter top 3’0” (0.9 m) AFFL

2.13.

REV.

b)

Granite splash back with bevelled edge

c)

Cabinet with “built in” refrigerator. Vent refrigerator through shaft at rear of personal bar, into the entry foyer ceiling above. Cabinet door to be connected to refrigerator door so that the two open simultaneously

d)

Mirror to back of personal bar

e)

Recessed ceiling fixture

f)

Duplex electrical outlet for refrigerator 1’6” (0.5 m) to centre line AFFL and duplex electrical outlet 3’6” (1.1 m) to centre line AFFL for personal bar (coffee maker)

g)

Where a built-in personal bar unit has not been allowed for, the refrigerator will be housed in the armoire.

Guest Bathroom a)

Granite vanity, mounted 2’10” (0.9 m) from top of floor to top of vanity to be 3/4” thick x 2’0” wide (1.9 cm x 0.6 m) with apron at front (1 ½” thick – 3.8 cm) and bevelled backsplash

b)

Provide a 6” (15 cm) wide glass shelf with all front edges bevelled at 8” (20 cm) above the vanity

c)

Wall sconces to either side of vanity and MR16 down light centred over lavatory basins

MARCH 2006


117


GUESTROOM AREAS

Guest Bathrooms (continued)

2.14.

REV.

d)

All fixtures will be products as manufactured by the Kohler Company or other equal and approved

e)

Light switches 4’0” (120 cm) to centre line AFFL on opposite wall to shower, on inside of bathroom

f)

Illuminated make-up mirror at 5’0” (1.5 m) on centre line AFFL with Smart Lite Model #12-01-04-02 at vanity as manufactured by Lion Industries (702) 345-1331, grounded duplex outlet 4’2” (1.3 m) on centre line AFFL below

g)

Ceiling fixture to centre of bathroom

h)

Plumbing fixtures to be as Fairmont Hotels & Resorts standards

i)

Where two lavatory basins are provided, each to have grounded duplex outlet

j)

Frameless clear glass shower stall with 2’0” (0.6 m) wide x 3/4 room height frameless clear glass door with 1’6” (0.5 m) bar on either side of door. Internal dimensions of shower to be 3’0” long x 3’0” wide (0.9 x 0.9 m) x full room height

k)

Floor drain to shower located in corner adjacent to bath

l)

Shower exhaust grille located in other corner with ductwork behind painted matt black

m)

Vapour proof ceiling light fixture within shower enclosure

n)

Two double robe hooks on wall immediately adjacent shower entry door

o)

Walls to be stone finish within shower enclosure

p)

Floor to be stone with a non-slip finish within shower enclosure.

Water Closet a)

Wall mounted telephone 48” (122 cm) at centre line AFFL, above toilet paper holder

b)

Ceiling mounted light fixture

c)

Double robe hook

d)

Toilet paper holder

e)

Spare toilet paper holder

MARCH 2006


118


GUESTROOM AREAS

Water Closet (continued)

2.15.

2.16.

f)

All fixtures will be products as manufactured by the Kohler Company or other equal and approved

g)

Ceiling exhaust grille with ductwork behind painted matt black

h)

Undercut door ¾” (20 mm) above threshold .

Lanais and Terraces a)

Minimum clear width from door to railing to be 6’0” (1.8 m)

b)

Curved top balustrade rail should be as thin as possible to assure least possible obstruction of view. Open balustrade should be carried to floor with minimal upstand wall

c)

Weatherproof duplex electrical outlet

d)

Non-slip floor finish

e)

Brass floor drain

f)

Ceiling fan 4’0” (1.2 m) in diameter with variable speed control mounted 54” (1.5 m) to centre line AFFL in resorts

g)

Where the guestroom lanai or terrace has direct access from the exterior, a footbath with delayed shut-off tap must be provided for sand removal.

Barrier-Free Guestrooms Provide one handicap accessible guestroom per 100 guestrooms or as designated by local codes. They shall be situated on the lowest guestroom floors close to the elevator core. Half of the rooms should be connected to a room with a double/double bed combination and the other half to a king bed guestroom. Planning must in accordance with the recommendations of Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). The guest bathrooms are to have the following features: a) Single entry door shall be 2’10” (0.9 m) wide b)

Additional grab bars in bath recess and adjacent WC. Bars are to be of the type that are removable when room is not occupied by a handicapped guest

c)

The vanity apron shall be kept as shallow as possible with all exposed piping insulated.

Top of vanity is to be 2’10” (0.9 m) AFFL d)

REV.

All light switches are to be 4’ 0” (1.2 m) on centre line AFFL

MARCH 2006


119


GUESTROOM AREAS

Barrier-Free Guestrooms (continued)

a)

Emergency bell connected to security office (with automatic replay to telephone operator’s if not answered within 30 seconds)

b)

Roll in shower with fold down seat and adjustable height hand held shower

c)

Illuminated make-up mirror sliding on a vertical bar

d)

Floor drain in bathroom.

Guest bedrooms are to have the following different features from a standard guestroom:

REV.

a)

Entry door second peephole at 3’9” (1.1 m) on centre line AFFL

b)

Closet with main shelf at 4’9” (1.4 m) AFFL and hanging rail at 4’6” (1. 3 m) AFFL

c)

Special strobe emergency light for hearing impaired, combined with smoke detector

d)

Special telephones

e)

Emergency bell connected to security office (with automatic replay to telephone operator’s if not answered within 30 seconds)

f)

Fire alarm outlet for vibrating pillow.

MARCH 2006


120


2.17.

GUESTROOM AREAS

Washroom Accessories Item

Description

Towel bars

Mounting Height to Centre Line 4’ 6” (1.4 m) 2’ 8” (0.8 m) at bidet

1 @ bathtub 30 “ long (76 cm) 2 @ vanity each 18” long (46 cm) 1 @ bidet 18” long (46 cm) Toilet roll holder Shower rod Double robe hook Soap dish

Bath grab bar

2’ 4” (0.7 m) (2’ 6”- 0.8 m to 1 per bathroom centre line from back wall) 6’ 6” (2.0 m) in line with outside face of bath tub 1 on wall in WC room and 2 5’ 6” (1.7 m). Also provide one on bathroom wall ( 1 hook at 4’ 0” (1.2 m) in adjacent to shower) handicapped bathroom Large polished stainless steel 2’ 2” (0.6 m) on long side of tub; wire basket 1 per bathtub and 4’ 0” ( 1.2 m) in corner of shower 2 per shower stall Small glass soap dish adjacent to towel bar @ bidets 12” long (30 cm)

Shower head

Shower arm

Tub hand shower Must have aerator

Spare toilet roll holder

REV.

Mounted horizontally 2’ 10” (0.9 m) at one end of tub 6’ 0” (1.8 m) from shower floor to under side of head. Mount head on side of shower (not opposite door)

½” (1.3 cm) Chrome plated brass with chrome plated escutcheon

Shower control

Tub filler spout

2’4” (0.7 m)

MARCH 2006


4’ 0” (1.2 m) to centre line valve above shower floor Holding bracket: 2’ 2” (0.6 m) from bottom of tub 1’ 8” (0.5 m) to center line above floor level 1’ 0” (0.3 m) adjacent to WC

121


3.

3.1.

GUESTROOM AREAS

FAIRMONT GOLD GUESTROOMS, LOBBY AND LOUNGE

General Requirements Fairmont Gold, a hotel within a hotel, dedicated to a consistent high quality of service, is designed to meet all the needs and expectations of the discriminating business executive and leisure traveller. Within a private atmosphere of quiet residential surroundings, the specially trained staff provides friendly, personalized and efficient service. The added amenities and luxurious surroundings are simply an extension of the caring, comforting attitude of the hosts. Fairmont Gold is a consistent attitude of dedication to the well being of the Fairmont Hotels & Resorts guests. Typically, an upper floor(s) or a wing of a floor will be dedicated to Fairmont Gold. Minimum recommended is 50 rooms with a maximum of 85 rooms, depending upon lounge capacity. A minimum of 70% of the rooms is to be designated non-smoking. All rooms should preferably be on the same floor. If floor size is too small to accommodate the number of guestrooms required then the floor immediately below and/or above the Lounge could be used. A separate internal open stair should then be provided between the floors.

3.2.

Guestrooms Functional Requirements of Fairmont Gold guestrooms are similar to standard guestrooms, however, the Fairmont Gold have upgraded finishes, FF & E and amenities.

3.3.

Elevator Lobby and Lounge The elevator lobby on the Fairmont Gold floor should be obviously distinctive, reflecting the Fairmont Gold atmosphere. The reception area, located in close proximity to the elevator core, will have full time receptionists to check in/out guests, give messages, send faxes, etc. This area must incorporate outlets for multi-line phones and duplex outlets for computers and other related equipment. Provide storage cabinets adjacent the desk to conceal printers, credit card imprinters and credit card verifiers and well as telephone outlets for credit card verification and electrical outlets for related computer equipment. A work area (approximately 75 ft2 – 7 m2) where staff can store small items for guests and hang guest’s coats, send faxes, make copies, etc. This area is to include a counter 2’0’’ wide x 8’0” long (0.6 x 2.4 m) with cabinets above and below, except below the workstation which is 3’6” (1.1 m) wide. Provide electrical outlets for telephones, fax machines, copier. This area to house the audio controls and variable fan speed controls for the lounge.

REV.

MARCH 2006


122


GUESTROOM AREAS

Elevator Lobby and Lounge (continued)

It is Fairmont Hotels and Resorts policy to offer to store Fairmont Gold floor guests’ luggage away from their guestrooms, and a storeroom (approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2) is therefore required. This room should have a wall hung house phone as well as heavy duty plywood adjustable shelving, ¾” thick x 30” (1.9 x 76 cm) wide, with a total length of 30’0” (9.1 m), as well as 5’0” (1.5 m) of hanging rod 5’ 9” (1.8 m) AFFL. A separate lounge comprising 70% table seating and 30% soft casual seating. Allow for two individual desks with chairs. Total number of seats should be related to the number of Fairmont Gold guestrooms (50% for city hotels, 100% for destination/resort hotels) The lounge will include an honor bar and buffet facilities which must be in close proximity and preferably visible from the reception desk. Provide electrical outlets for hot food table, TV’s etc. Washrooms adjacent to the lounge. The storage area may also double as a place for guests' belongings after check out if they are not leaving the hotel until late in the day. Recessed ceiling speakers connected to audio located in lobby storage room. Resorts to have variable speed ceiling fans. 3.4.

Fairmont Gold Pantry The pantry kitchen (approximately 400 ft2 – 37 m2) with the appropriate equipment is to provide service to the Fairmont Gold lounge. Located with direct access to the Fairmont Gold lounge and the service elevator.

REV.

MARCH 2006


123


4.

4.1.

GUESTROOM AREAS

SUITES

General Requirements Special suites or suites with living/dining areas of two modules or more are essentially entertaining suites. They should be located with the best possible views.

4.2.

Modular Requirements a)

Junior suite (1key/1.5 modules total): Subject to the building configuration include a separate sitting area

b)

One bedroom suite (1key/2 modules total): Includes a master bedroom, separate living area with powder room, some connecting

c)

Two-bedroom suite (2 keys/4 modules total): Includes a master bedroom, separate 2 module living area with powder room and one bedroom connecting

d)

Special Presidential Suite (3 keys/5 to 7 modules total): Includes a foyer, 3 or 4 module living room, pantry, master bedroom and one or two bedrooms, some connecting. Includes a powder room next to the parlour and separate guest bathrooms for each bedroom. Sold either as a singly key or preferably with flexibility of separate keys for parlour and each bedroom

e)

Junior and one bedroom suite has the following features: i)

Bedrooms to have walk-in closet and separate area with make up vanity

ii)

Living area to have additional telephone outlets and upgraded lighting

iii)

A pair of solid wood French doors between the living room and the bedroom

iv)

Built-in wet bar long with undercounter cupboards and minibar

v)

Powder room to include (i) WC and vanity for urban hotels and (ii) WC, vanity and shower for resort hotels

vi) f)

REV.

Desk to be located in living room and not in bedroom as per standard guestroom. Two bedroom and special suite have the following features:

MARCH 2006


124


GUESTROOM AREAS

Modular Requirements (continued)

i.

Full height glazing and sliding doors to terrace or lanai

ii.

A single 3’6” (1.1 m) wide guest entry door

iii.

Additional closet (approximately 12 ft2 – 1.1m2) space for guests’ coats

iv.

Pantry (approximately 65 ft2 – 6m2) with direct access to corridor and suite, with counter and storage cupboards, small fridge, microwave, sink additional duplex electrical outlets and wall telephone

v.

Powder room to include (i) WC and vanity for urban hotels and (ii) WC, vanity and shower for resort hotels

vi.

Upgraded master bedroom with full dressing area with additional closets, vanity and shelving

vii.

Additional air conditioning and exhaust for the living/dining area

viii. Chandelier to dining area with dimmer control

4.3

ix.

Additional accent and decorative lighting

x.

Audio system with built in speakers to living/dining areas.

Outline of Finishes and Materials The following schedule of finishes has been prepared to establish a standard of finish for the major types of hotel areas. Its purpose is to direct the Consultants in their design and in the preparation of their own detailed room finish schedule Legend

REV.

AT-CG

1' 0" x 1' 0" (0.3 x 0.3 m) textured ceiling tiles with concealed grid

AT-EG

4' 0" x 2' 0" (1.2 x 0.6 m) lay in textured ceiling tiles with exposed grid. Tiles and grid finished white

AT-M

An acoustic tile ceiling that will resist heat, steam, water etc. and is easily cleaned e.g. metal tile with acoustic pad

CP

Carpet

CT

Ceramic tile, thin set. Joint between CT and bathtubs and WC’ be caulked with white, silicone caulking specially designed for this purpose

MARCH 2006

125



GUESTROOM AREAS

Outline of Finishes and Materials – Legend (continued)

No. 1

REV.

G

Granite laid to special pattern

ES

Exposed structure including all exposed services

LH

Smooth trowelled concrete with liquid hardener and dustproofer

M

Marble laid to special pattern

MONO

Monolithic floor finish e.g. Duron Resolast

QT

Slip resistant quarry tile

RB

2 ½" (5.7 cm) flat rubber or vinyl covered (use cheaper)

RCB

2 ½" (5.7 cm) rubber or vinyl-coved base (use cheaper)

SGP

Three coats semi-gloss enamel paint

SP

Smooth plaster with two coats flat latex paint

VT

12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) vinyl tile

VWC

Vinyl wall covering

WD

Stained or painted hardwood

Area

Floor

Base

Wall

Ceiling

Bedroom Floors generally: a)

Bedrooms

CP

6" WD (15 cm)

VWC + 6" (15 cm) Cornice

SP

b)

Entry Foyer

CP

6" WD (15 cm)

VWC + 4" (10 cm) cornice

Drywall

c)

Closet

CP

6" WD (15 cm)

VWC

Drywall

d)

Bathroom

M

4" M (10 cm)

M + 4" cornice (10 cm)

Drywall with cove

e)

WC Room

M

4"M (10 cm)

VWC + 4" (10 cm) cornice

Drywall

MARCH 2006


126

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS No. 2

Area

GUESTROOM AREAS

Floor

Base

Wall

Ceiling

CP

6" WD (15 cm)

Special VWC + 6” WD Cornice

SP (15 cm)

M/CP/ WD

4" M/WD (10 cm)

Special VWC + 4” WD Cornice

SP (10 cm)

Suites and Adjoining Bedrooms: a)

Bedrooms

b)

Entry Foyer

c)

Closet

CP

6" M (15 cm)

VWC

Drywall

d)

Bathroom, Powder Room and WC Room

M

4"M (10 cm)

M + 4" (10 cm ) Cornice

Drywall with cove or special VWC

e)

Dining and Living

WD/CP/ M

6" WD (15 cm)

50% WD, 50% Special VWC + WD Cornice

SP, WD, trim

f)

Bar and Pantry

M

4"M (10 cm)

Special VWC (include buildin cabinets with granite counters)

Drywall

3

Guestroom Corridor

CP

6" WD (15 cm)

VWC + 6" (15 cm) WD cornice trim. Wood arches to frame arrival areas at guestroom doors. 6" (15 cm) WD dado rail

Drywall with coves and WD trim

4

Fairmont Gold floor(s) corridor(s)

CP

6" (15 cm) WD/RC B

As item 3, but incl. WD wainscot

Drywall with coves

REV.

MARCH 2006


127


No.

Area

5

Guest Floor Elevator Foyer

6

Ice Machine Room on guestroom floors

REV.

MARCH 2006


GUESTROOM AREAS

Floor

Base

Wall

Ceiling

M

6" M (15 cm)

M/WD frames to elevator door openings WD panelling or VWC

Drywall with coves WD ceiling trim

RB/VT

6" (15 cm) WD/ RCB

VWC (acoustic tiles around machine)

Drywall

128


GUESTROOM AREAS

Guest Area Standards Details Page

REV.

TYPICAL GUESTROOM ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH FURNITURE

130

TYPICAL GUESTROOM ELECTRICAL ELEVATIONS

131

DESK

132

TYPICAL GUESTROOM CLOSET DETAILS

133

FIXED PERSONAL BAR

134

TYPICAL TUB SHELF DETAIL

135

TYPICAL SHOWER ENCLOSURE DETAILS

136

TYPICAL SHOWER ENCLOSURE

137

MARCH 2006


129


REV.

MARCH 2006


GUESTROOM AREAS

130


REV.

MARCH 2006


GUESTROOM AREAS

131


REV.

MARCH 2006


GUESTROOM AREAS

132


REV.

MARCH 2006


GUESTROOM AREAS

133


REV.

MARCH 2006


GUESTROOM AREAS

134


REV.

MARCH 2006


GUESTROOM AREAS

135


REV.

MARCH 2006


GUESTROOM AREAS

136


REV.

MARCH 2006


GUESTROOM AREAS

137


D.

BACK-OF-HOUSE

1.

OFFICE AREAS

1.1.

BACK-OF-HOUSE

Front Desk Support Provide space for functions, which could include the following: • Front Office Manager • Rooms Division Manager • Reservations Manager • Reservations clerks and secretary • Communication/Telephone Operator’s room • Cashier’s Desk • Guest safety deposit box room • Security Office • Fire Control and Elevator Control Room • Luggage Storage • Concierge Storage • Bellmen's Store • Car Valet’s Room • Parking Cashier

1.2.

Executive Office, Administration, Accounting and Security Provide space for functions, which could include the following: • General Manager • Resident Manager • Assistant General Manager • Secretarial • Director of Food and Beverage • Assistant Director of Food and Beverage • Director of Catering • Catering Coordinators

REV.

MARCH 2006


138


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Executive Office, Administration, Accounting & Security (continued)

• Director of Sales and Marketing • Assistant Director of Sales and Marketing • Sales Representatives • Public Relations Manager • Boardroom • Mail and Copy room • Beverage counter • Controller • Assistant Controller • Head Cashier • Staff Cash-out Work area and Night Deposit area • Dead Storage and Storage areas • Credit Manager • Payroll Manager • Secretary, clerks and filing • Computer Manager • Computer room • Telephone equipment room with UPS • TV pay per view head end room • Security Manager • Assistant Security Manager

1.3.

Human Resources Provide space for functions, which could include the following: • Reception and secretary • Director of Human Resources • Language Training room (foreign countries) • Training Manager • Meeting/training room

REV.

MARCH 2006


139


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Human Resources (continued)

• • • •

REV.

Library Interview room Copy and beverage station Files and storage

MARCH 2006


140


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Outline of Finishes and Materials The following schedule of finishes has been prepared to establish a standard of finish for the major types of hotel areas. Its purpose is to direct the Consultants in their design and in the preparation of their own detailed room finish schedule Legend AT-CG

12” x 12" (30 x 30 cm) textured ceiling tiles with concealed grid

AT-EG

4' 0" x 2' 0" (1.2 x 0.6 m) lay in textured ceiling tiles with exposed grid. Tiles and grid finished white

AT-M

An acoustic tile ceiling that will resist heat, steam, water etc. and is easily cleaned e.g. metal tile with acoustic pad

CP

Carpet

CT

Ceramic tile, thin set. Joint between CT and bathtubs and WC’s shall be caulked with white, silicone caulking specially designed for this purpose

REV.

G

Granite laid to special pattern

ES

Exposed structure including all exposed services

LH

Smooth trowelled concrete with liquid hardener and dustproofer

M

Marble laid to special pattern

MONO

Monolithic floor finish e.g. Duron Resolast

QT

Slip resistant quarry tile

RB

2 ½" (6.4 cm) flat rubber or vinyl covered (use cheaper)

RCB

2 ½" (6.4 cm) rubber or vinyl-coved base (use cheaper)

SGP

Three coats semi-gloss enamel paint

SP

Smooth plaster with two coats flat latex paint

VT

12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) vinyl tile

VWC

Vinyl wall covering

WD

Stained or painted hardwood

CPT

Carpet tiles

MARCH 2006


141


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Outline of Finishes and Materials (continued)

No.

Area

Floor

Base

Wall

Ceiling

All stores, engineers, maintenance areas, valet, uniform issuing, janitor’s closets, housekeeping, linen and service rooms on guestroom floors, service elevator foyers*, service corridors **, staff entrance including stairs

VT

RCB

SGP-ES

SGP-ES

* At service sink ** See General Requirements 1.5

VT

RCB

CT to 4' 0” (1.2 m)

SGP-ES

Service corridor behind main ballroom and meeting rooms **

CPT

WB

SGP-ES

SGP-ES

2

Staff locker

VT

RCB

SGP-ES

AT-M

3

Staff washrooms and washroom areas in locker rooms

CT/VT

CT

CT

Drywall

4

Public Washrooms

G

G

G at urinals, elsewhere, M.WD

VWC

1

cornice and trim

5

Swimming Pool Changing

M

M

M

SGP

6

Truck Dock & Receiving

LH

-

SGP-ES

SGP-ES

7 a.

Kitchen, including staff dining room kitchen, and food pick-up area & pantries Flower Work Room

QT

QT

CT to 7' 0” (2.1 m)

AT-M SGP above

7 b.

Walk-in refrigerators and freezers

QT

QT

By equipment manufacturer

By equipment manufacturer

8

Kitchen cashiers’ office, chef’s office, housekeeper’s office

VT

RCB

SGP-ES

AT-EG

9

Swill Room, Can Wash, Garbage Compactor, Garbage Store

QT

4" QT (10 cm)

CT to 4' (SGP above)

SGP-ES

REV.

MARCH 2006


142


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Outline of Finishes and Materials (continued)

No.

Area

Floor

Base

Wall

Ceiling

10

Administration, Sales, Personnel and Accounting Offices and Telephone Operators’ Room

CP

RCB

VWC

AT-CG

11

Swimming Pool Attendant

VT

RCB

Drywall SGP

Drywall

12

a)

Laundry

VT

RCB

SGP-ES

AT-EG

12

b)

Laundry Trench

1/8" (0.3 cm) Mono

1/8" (0.3 cm) Mono

-

-

13

Fire Escape Stairs & Corridors - metal balustrade SGP

LH

-

SGP-ES

SGP-ES

14

Telephone Equipment Room

VT

RCB

SGP-ES

AT-EG

15

Employees’ Dining Room Computer Room

VT VT

RCB RCB

VWC SGP

AT-EG AT-EG

16

Employees Lounge

CP

RB

VWC

AT-EG

17

Mechanical/Electrical

LH

-

SGP-ES

SGP-ES

18

Service vestibule to public area (vestibule to ballroom and meeting room shall include rubbing rails)

RB

RB

SGP

SGP-ES

19

Main Driveway, Sidewalks, Public Areas and Swimming Pool area

Special paving and finishes as selected by Interior Designer

20

Patios, Terraces and Gardens

21

Exposed Roofs visible from hotel rooms

22

Parking

REV.

MARCH 2006


Special paving, finishes and planting as selected by landscape architect Patterned treatment in coloured gravels. Equipment to be attractively concealed in architectural housings LH and parking and direction lines - lines painted green

Painted - directional signs and stall numbers

143


BACK-OF-HOUSE

General Requirements Each separate office group is to have one thermostat. Individual offices do not require thermostats. Each office area is to have a coat closet and general storage closet for everyday stationary supplies. Each individual office is to have three duplex electrical outlets, two telephone outlets and computer systems outlets as required by the LAN requirements. The offices of the Members of the Hotel’s Executive Committee are to have upgraded finishes and three telephone outlets, and additional duplex electrical outlet and computer outlets. Catering coordinators area to have a built in counter with a wall telephone outlet mounted 54” (137 cm) to centre line AFFL, duplex electrical outlets and computer outlets. All built in counters, shelves, cupboards, etc. to have velvetex finished plastic laminate finish with exposed hardwood edge strips. The following offices are to have all walls constructed to meet an FSTC rating of 54: (i) General Manager, (ii) Credit Manager, (iii) perimeter walls of washrooms where they are adjoining offices, (iv) perimeter walls of offices where they are adjoining public areas and (v) Director of Human Resources and interview room. Administration offices must have easy and direct access for the public. Front Desk Support should be adjacent to the Front Desk. Reception areas should be designed to reflect the elegance of Fairmont Hotels and Resorts as should senior management offices, especially that of the General Manager’s and Director of Catering. Accounting should be located in the back-of-the-house, to be accessible by Staff. Human Resources must be located near Staff Entrance and Security. Back-of-the-house spaces should have separate access away from public circulation. Secretarial positions must each have two telephone outlets and two duplex electrical outlets as well as two computer systems outlets for connection to LAN and printers. Offices with exterior windows must have incandescent lighting and special window treatment. Each office area is to have separate washrooms with vanity for male and female staff. In locations which are subject to frequent power outages, all duplex electrical outlets for administration assistants, secretaries and staff using computers must be on the uninterrupted power supply (UPS). VWC requires sealed drywall or smooth plaster as base construction to obtain acceptable finish. All exposed grilles, diffusers, sprinkler escutcheons, speakers, alarm bells, access panels, downlight trims, etc. required to be painted to match adjacent surface.

REV.

MARCH 2006


144


BACK-OF-HOUSE

General Requirements (continued)

All ductwork behind grilles and diffusers in public spaces to be painted matt black. Where access doors and fire hose cabinets occur in walls finished with VWC, these are to finish flush with the surface of the wall and the VWC is to be carried over the door and frame, with a knife cut between the door and the frame. Where a suspended ceiling is required to create a plenum for HVAC, it shall be drywall. All edges to ceramic tiles are to round edge tiles as no exposed edges will be accepted. Wall finishes around very hot equipment e.g. ranges, fat fryers, etc. shall be stainless steel fixed to a heat resistant backing. Where high temperature producing equipment is located beneath public spaces, a special insulating ceiling shall be provided to prevent heat transmission to these public spaces. Counter sunk stainless steel corner guards, size 3”x 3” x 4’0” (7.6 cm x 7.6 cm x 1.2 m) long should be provided to all external corners of back of house walls which will be subject to damage by hotel carts and trolleys where rubbing rails are not required e.g. kitchen areas. Rubbing rails are to be installed in all service corridors, service elevators foyers and vestibules. Mounted 35” (83.5 cm) to centre line AFFL and 9” (23 cm) to centre line AFFL. Doors are to be a 1 ¾” (4.4 cm) thick and a minimum of 7’0” (2.1 m) high and of the following widths: (i) 2’8” (0.8 m) to all offices, (ii) 2’6” (0.7 m) to all washrooms, (iii) 3’0” (0.9 m) to all other single doors, (iv) 5’0” (1.5 m), to all other double doors and (v) 3’6” (1.1 m) to all service doors into public rooms. All doorframes are to be pressed steel with welded mitres. The finish to all doors and frames is to be paint. All double acting doors as well as door in service corridors are to have a single glass vision panel 6” wide x 12” high (15 x 30 cm). Dutch doors are required in the following locations:

REV.

a)

Food stores

b)

Beverage stores

c)

Valet/uniform issuing

d)

Housekeeping stores

e)

Cashiers office (without shelf)

f)

Housekeeper’s office (without shelf)

g)

Security office (without shelf)

h)

Receiving office.

MARCH 2006


145


BACK-OF-HOUSE


Doors to the following rooms shall be hollow metal for security reasons and shall incorporate a card access with keypad lockset: a)

Food stores

b)

China and silver dead storage areas

c)

Beverage stores.

Glazed interior screens, typically of hollow metal with clear glass are essential in the following offices:

REV.

a)

Executive housekeeper’s office and general housekeeping

b)

Chief and assistant engineer’s offices

c)

Secretary’s and general maintenance offices

d)

Laundry manager and laundry area

e)

Chef’s office and kitchen

f)

Baker’s office

g)

Bake shop and kitchen

h)

Dishwashing steward’s office and dishwashing area

i)

Receiver’s office

j)

Security office

k)

Human resources reception area

l)

Assistant controller’s office and accounting offices

m)

Head cashier and staff cash-out room

n)

Garde manger and kitchen

o)

Rooms division manager, reservations and clerk’s office

p)

Purchasing office

q)

Computer manager’s office and computer room

r)

Telephone operator’s room and reservations

s)

Room service cashier’s office with opening for pass through

t)

Valet parking cashier’s office with opening for pass through.

MARCH 2006


146


BACK-OF-HOUSE


Employee lockers should be located on the same level as the entrance and adjacent to uniform store and issuing. Employee dining should be located adjacent to banquet kitchen in order to eliminate a separate dishwash area. Food and beverage stores, as well as engineering maintenance areas should be located on the same level as the truck dock and receiving area.

REV.

MARCH 2006


147


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Standard Lighting Fixtures Back-of-house lighting in areas with exposed ceiling and/or T-bar ceilings shall be energy efficient recessed fluorescent fixtures complete with hinged acrylic lens. Fixture sizes shall be standardized to lamp sizes with a preference for 1’0” x 4’ 0” (0.3 x 1.2m) or 2’0” x 4’0’ (0.6 x 1.2m) light fixtures. Fixtures in kitchens, laundry or other damp locations shall be gasketted. Fixtures in service and storage rooms may be strip lights complete with wire guards.

1.7.

a)

All fluorescent fixtures throughout the hotel shall be warm white with rapid start premium electric type for T-8 lamps.

b)

Standardize lengths of fluorescent light fixtures where possible

c)

All storerooms and offices shall have room lighting controlled by local switches located inside the room and adjacent to the entrance door. Where a room has more than one entrance, three way switching shall be provided. The switches in storerooms shall incorporate a power outlet for housekeeping purposes

d)

In mechanical rooms, a fluorescent light fixture shall be mounted at each motor control centre and shall be on emergency power supply

e)

Exit lighting to have the minimum wattage lamps permitted by code.

f)

Public area exits shall have thin line exit fixtures with bronze finish and fitted with a long life electronic circuit.

g)

Back-of-house exits shall have standard width exit fixtures with a paint finish and fitted with a long life electronic circuit.

h)

Fixtures in fire escape stairs shall be mounted on main landings only unless otherwise stated by local code.

Other Offices Coffee/Tea Room to include the following features:

REV.

a)

A built in counter 2’0” wide and 3’0” (0.6 x 0.9 m) AFFL (incorporating a stainless steel sink with adjustable shelving below counter and lockable cabinets above

b)

One 110V 15 amp duplex outlet (refrigerator)

c)

Three 110V 15 amp duplex outlets (both of separate circuits) at 4’0” (1.2 m) to centre line AFFL (kettle and coffee maker).

MARCH 2006


148


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Other Offices (continued)

Mail Room to include the following features: a)

A built in counter 2’0” wide and 3’0” (0.6 x 0.9 m) AFFL with adjustable shelving above and below counter

b)

One 220V single phase 30 amp outlet (separate circuit) for photocopier

c)

Three 110V 15 amp duplex outlets mounted 4’0” (1.2 m) to centre line AFFL (post meter, electric pencil sharpener)

d)

Two telephone outlets and two duplex electrical outlets (fax machines)

e)

Wall telephone.

Telephone Operators Room to have the following features: a)

A special two level built-in counter approximately 4’6” (1.4 m) long for three operators

b)

Duplex electrical outlet, telephone outlet and 1’6” (0.5 m) wide adjustable shelving at supervisor’s desk

c)

White marker board 6’0” wide x 4’0” high (1.8 x 1.2 m)

d)

Cork board 2’0” wide x 2’0” high (0.6 x 0.6 m)

e)

The lighting to this room must be on emergency power supply

f)

Each operator requires the following features: i)

Duplex electrical outlet (UPS) and computer systems outlets (CRT and keyboard)

ii)

Two telephone outlets (console and paging telephone).

The following must be located in the telephone operators’ room in full view of all the operators: a)

Closed circuit TV monitors (slave security system)

b)

Remote door alarm indicator panel

c)

Cashier’s alarm indicator panel

d)

Walk-in coolers and freezers alarm indicator panel

e)

Fire alarm annunciation panel

f)

Smoke detector alarm annunciation panel.

The following requirements are to be installed immediately above the telephone operators’ counter:

REV.

MARCH 2006


149


BACK-OF-HOUSE


a)

Duplex electrical outlets (UPS) and food and beverage point-ofsale cable outlets (error printers)

b)

Duplex electrical outlets (wake-up clocks)

Accounting Offices to have the following features: a)

An additional space (approximately 20 ft2 – 1.9 m2) is required for the printer (connected to LAN and UPS), copier and paper storage

b)

Document storage room (approximately 70 ft2 – 6.5 m2) with 2’0” (0.6 m) wide adjustable shelving running the full length and full height of the longest wall

c)

Each clerical position requires the following: (i) Two duplex outlets, (ii) Two computer systems outlets (connected to LAN) and (iii) Two telephone outlets.

Computer manager and computer manager’s assistant office and computer room (approximately 400 ft2 – 37.2 m2) to have the following features: a)

Access to the computer room must be through the computer manager’s office

b)

Door to computer room should be 3’0” (0.9 m) wide to allow equipment to pass through easily

c)

Special mechanical and electrical provisions must be installed in the computer room. This must be coordinated with the equipment specified.

Reservations Office to have the following features:

REV.

a)

The reservations area is to have a number of workstations each 4’6” (1.4 m) long with lockable drawers at one end and shelving over

b)

Each workstations requires the following: (i) Two telephone outlets, (ii) Two duplex electrical outlets (one on UPS) and (iii) A connection to LAN

c)

An additional two duplex electrical outlet and two telephone outlet at front desk cash out position

d)

A 5’3” wide x 3’3” high x 1’0” deep (1.6 x 1.0 x 0.3 m) fixture, divided into approximately sixty 6” x 6” cubicles to hold disputed cheques

e)

Duplex electrical outlets (UPS) and Point of Sale outlet (error printer).

MARCH 2006


150


BACK-OF-HOUSE


Cashier’s Office to have the following features: a)

Glazed panel (approximately (45.7 x 60.1 cm)

18’’

wide

x

24”

high-

b)

Dutch entry door

c)

All electrical outlets and lighting on emergency power

d)

Trouble alarm button (connected to telephone operators room)

e)


f)

Telephone outlets

g)

LAN outlets

h)

Drop safe (N.I.C. approximately 2’0” wide x 2’6” deep x 3’9” high (06. x 0.8 x 1.1. m), with door opening on Cashier’s Office side)

Staff Safety Deposit Box Room to have the following features:

1.8.

1.9.

a)

Plastic laminated work counter

b)


c)

Safety deposit boxes (N.I.C approximately 3’6” wide x 2’0” deep x 3’8” high – 1.1 x 0.6 x 1.1 m)

d)

CCTV camera

e)

Call button

Minimum Finished Ceiling Heights: Kitchens

9’6” (2.9 m)

Back of house

8’0” (2.4 m)

Truck dock and compactor room

14’0” (4.3 m)

Laundry

12’0” (3.7 m)

Main entrance driveway

14’0” (4.3 m)

Garbage Compact Room The garbage compact room shall incorporate the following features: a)

REV.

60 Amp electrical power supply mounted 5’0” (1.5 m) on centre line AFFL (connection to compactor)

MARCH 2006


151


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Garbage Compact Room (continued)

1.10.

b)

110 V x 15 amp duplex electrical outlet mounted 6’0” (1.8 m) on centre line AFFL (air purifier)

c)

110 V x 15 amp weatherproof duplex electrical outlet mounted 4’6” (1.4 m) on centre line AFFL (maintenance)

d)

110 V x 15 amp electrical outlet mounted 6’0” (1.8 m) on centre line AFFL (bug killer equipment – leased)

e)

½” (1.3 cm) Hose connector, connected to disinfectant wash down system (system leased)

f)

Can wash area (approximately 10 ft2 – 0.9 m2) with ½” (1.3 cm) cold water supply and shut-off valve and 3” (7.5 cm) diameter “wet” floor drain

g)

3’6” (1.1 m) Wide entrance door with weather strip, threshold and door closer with 90 degree hold open

h)

Trench drain with sectional removable cover

i)

Electrically operated insulated overhead door (controls in receiver’s office)

j)

Refrigeration unit to maintain air temperature at 55 F (13 C).

Maintenance Areas Director of engineering’s following features:

office (approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2) shall have the

a)

Electrical outlets

b)

Computer systems outlets

Director of engineering’s secretary and assistance engineer’s office (approximately 180 ft2 – 17 m2) shall have the following features: a)

Electrical outlets

b)


c)

Terminal for BMS (Building Management System).

The maintenance areas shall require the following features:

REV.

MARCH 2006


152


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Maintenance Area (continued)

a)

b)

c)

REV.

In addition to what is indicated below, the following number of single phase electrical outlets, each mounted at 4’0” (1.2 m) on centre line AFFL and on a separate circuit will be provided throughout the maintenance areas: i)

Five 110V x 15amp duplex

ii)

Two 110V x 30amp

iii)

Three 220V x 15amp

iv)

One 220V x 50amp

v)

One TV antenna outlet and two 110V x 15amp duplex outlet mounted at 4’0” (1.2 m) on centre line AFFL (TV repair desk)

vi)

Wall mounted telephones

vii)

TV antenna outlet and duplex electrical outlet, both mounted at 4’6” (1.4 m) on centre line AFFL (secured storage room).

Work bench system along full length of two walls, consisting of the following: i)

Hardwood work top 2’6” (0.8 m) wide, at a height of 3’0” (0.9 m) AFFL with lockable drawers under (see Fairmont Hotels & Resorts Standard Details)

ii)

Hardwood and metal work top 2’6” (0.8 m) wide, at a height of 3’0” (0.9 m) AFFL with lockable drawers and doors under (see Fairmont Hotels & Resorts Standard Details)

iii)

TV work bench with mirror above (see Fairmont Hotels & Resorts Standard Details).

Shift engineer requires the following features: i)

Electrical outlets

ii)


iii)

Remote terminal for BMS (Building Management System)

iv)

Plan table and plan hanging rack.

MARCH 2006


153


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Paint Shop Each maintenance area shall include a separate paint shop with separate exhaust system. In addition, the shop will have a 10’0” (3 m) long hardwood work bench (see Fairmont Hotels and Resorts Standard Details) and deep stainless steel double bowled sink on floor mounted frame with wall mounted tap set with swivel spout.

1.12.

Carpentry Shop Each maintenance area shall include a carpentry shop with special, local filters on the return air system. In addition, the shop will have a hardwood work bench (see Fairmont Hotels & Resorts Standard Details) and include the following features:

REV.

a)

One 208V x 30amp single phase outlet at 7’6” (2.3 m) on centre line AFFL

b)

Three 110V x 15amp outlets at 4’0” (1.2 m) on centre line AFFL

c)

Three 110V x 15amp outlets at 1’0” (0.3 m) on centre line AFFL

d)

One 110V x 15amp-outlet flush mounted in floor in centre of room (circular saw outlet).

MARCH 2006


154


2.1.

BACK-OF-HOUSE

EMPLOYEE FACILITIES

Employee Entrance Provide main access and point of control for staff. The employee entrance must be located on a separate elevation, away from the main guest entry and separate from the truck dock and adjacent to the security office. The entrance should be close to the employee facilities and human resources and it should not require staff to walk through food and beverage areas. Telephone on exterior wall adjacent to entry door with direct ring to security office. Electric latch on entry door, operated from security office so security officer can open door upon identification of person into back of house area. A CCTV camera positioned so as to clearly identify person at entry door.

2.2.

Security Office Provide an office space adjacent to the staff entrance for the Security officers and Security Manager. The security office shall incorporate the following features:

REV.

a)

Glazed screen with speak through opening

b)

CCTV monitors and VCR

c)

Remote door alarm console

d)

Duplex electrical outlets (UPS)

e)

Worktops and cupboards above and under

f)

Remote fire alarm panel

g)

Dutch entry door

h)

Full height laminated glass window (at entrance)

i)

Button to operate electric strike on main staff entry door

j)

Power bar with a minimum of 40 outlets (radio and pager chargers)

k)

Duplex electrical outlet and two telephone outlets (pager master control unit).

MARCH 2006


155


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Primary Service Corridor Provide circulation for employees, goods and servicing. In the corridor servicing the ballroom, locate food service equipment in alcoves. Provide vestibule towards different ballroom access. Main service corridor to be a minimum of 8’0” (2.4 m) wide. Elsewhere, provide 6’6” (2.0 m) service corridor, except behind ballrooms (see ballroom standards for details). A double set of rubbing rails shall be installed in all service corridors, service elevators, service elevator foyers and vestibules. They shall be 2” wide x 6” high (5 x 15 cm) and installed at 9” (23 cm) at centerline AFFL and 2’11” (0.9 m) at centerline AFFL.

2.4.

Men’s and Women’s Locker Rooms Provide toilets, showers, wet vanity, grooming area and changing area with lockers for female and male employees; toilets should be separate from public toilets. Provide barrier-free WC stall as per local code requirements. Refer to specific program requirements to determine areas and quantities of lockers required. Unless otherwise indicated, female employees represent 60% of staff; male employees represent 40% of staff. Formula for calculating the locker area is (i) in cold climates is quantity of lockers x 4.5 ft2 – 0.4 m2) and (ii) in warm climates is quantity of lockers x 3 ft2 – 0.3m2 Should be located near Employee Entrance and Uniform issue. Provide janitor closet (approximately 36 ft2 – 3.3 m2). The lockers shall have sloping tops, infill pieces and bases. The rows between the lockers shall be 4’0” (1.2 m). Locker dimensions in (i) cold climates shall be 10” wide x 16” deep x 6’0” high – 03 x 05 x 1.8 m (excluding base) and in (ii) warm climates they shall be 8” wide x 16” deep x 6’0” high – 20 cm x 0.5 m x 1.8 m (excluding base). One wall mounted notice board size 4’0” long x 3’0” high (1.2 m x 0.9 m). Duplex electrical outlet for shoeshine machine. Full-length mirror at entrance (on locker side) size 2’6” wide x 6’6” high (0.8 x 2 m)

REV.

MARCH 2006


156


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Employee Cafeteria Provide lounge (approximately 1,300 ft2 – 121 m2) and dining facilities dedicated for employee use. Allow for non-fixed tables and chairs. Accommodate hot cooking line and food service support area. The minimum number of seats required should be calculated according to the following formula: number of guestrooms x 0.67 divided by 4. Allow 20 ft2 (1.9 m2) per seat. Locate off service circulation, near kitchen. Exterior views are desirable. Duplex electrical outlets for housekeeping, TVs and pay phones. Separate circuit 110V x 20 amp electrical outlet for drink vending machine and cold water drinking fountain. Ceiling speakers for background music with volume control in food servicing area. One wall mounted notice board size 4’0” long x 3’0” high (1.2 x 0.9 m). Wooden chair rail 34” (86 cm) at center line AFFL.

2.6.

Employee Washrooms The main washrooms form part of the staff locker room and must be carefully, but functionally designed to demonstrate Fairmont Hotels and Resorts’ concern for its staff. Provide an employee washroom at each guestroom floor adjacent to maids closet.

2.7.

First Aid Station Provide an office/first aid facility (approximately 300 ft2 – 28 m2) to attend to employees’ first aid needs. Allow for concealed space to accommodate a bed. Provide a first aid counter and storage. Preferably locate first aid service off service circulation near human resources offices.

2.8.

Training Room, Staff Meeting Room Provide a meeting room facility (approximately 450 ft2 – 42 m2) to accommodate education, staff meetings and other personnel activity. Located near the human resources office the room shall have the following features:

REV.

a)

Recessed motorized projection screen

b)

Marker board and pin up type wall covering

c)

Presentation rail

MARCH 2006


157


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Training Room, Staff Meeting Room (continued)

REV.

d)

Duplex electrical outlets for A/V equipment

e)

Wall telephone at entry door

f)

Storage closets

g)

Computer systems outlets.

MARCH 2006


158


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Functional Diagram: Employee Facilities Layout

Employee

Human Resources

Security Office

Receiving Dock Training Room

Main Kitchen

REV.

Entrance

MARCH 2006


Housekeeping Laundry and Uniform Issue

Training Manager

Employee Cafeteria

Men’s and Women’s Locker Room Toilets

159


3.1.

BACK-OF-HOUSE

HOUSEKEEPING, LAUNDRY & VALET

General Requirements The laundry will be an on-site, full-service facility including dry cleaning and a 24-hour valet service. The laundry facility should be located adjacent to the housekeeping and service elevator core and should be easily accessible from main service corridor. The valet dry cleaning equipment is to be in a separate room accessible from the dryer end of the wash line and by housekeeping for after-hours service. Provide a laundry chute to send linen directly from guestroom floors to the laundry's soil sort room. Allow for cart stacking at both the soiled sorting and folding areas. Linen chutes are to have the following features :

REV.

a)

A 2’6” (0.8 m) diameter, 18 gauge aluminium or galvanized steel linen chute is required to serve all guestroom floors and discharge into the laundry soiled linen area

b)

Intake doors shall be stainless steel and of the bottom hinged, selfclosing hopper type with a clear opening 2’0" x 2’0" ( 0.6 x 0.6 m) and complete with lock and bar support and name plate “soiled linen”

c)

The outlet door shall be stainless steel and of the top hinged type normally held in the open position by a fusible link set at 165 F (74 C)

d)

Bottom of linen chute (chute discharge point) shall be located at 8' 6" (2.6 m) AFFL

e)

Door discharge section shall be supported on a pipe pedestal mounted on the floor or similar means

f)

The bottom “turning” section of the chute shall be suitably reinforced to resist damage caused by bottles or similar items being inadvertently dropped down the chute

g)

The chute securing brackets shall be securely fixed to the various floor slabs. However, the chutes themselves shall be isolated from the floor slabs to minimize noise transmission to adjacent rooms

h)

The chute itself should also be insulated to minimize vibration and sound transmission

i)

Provide vent and protected sprinkler heads as required

j)

Provide chute wash-down system including drain

MARCH 2006


160


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Housekeeping, Laundry & Valet/General Requirements (continued)

k)

Where hotels have long corridors, additional linen chutes will be required to reduce travel distance for maids

l)

Each chute should be accessed from a small service room (approximately 50 ft2 – 4.6 m2), requiring a linen sorting room complete with sorting slide at the termination of the chute. These termination rooms are to be on the same level as the laundry.

Clean linens are to be returned to the guestroom floors for storage. The valet, housekeeper’s office and related storerooms shall all be entered off the main housekeeping area. The following features are to be provided at the entrance to this area: a)

Electrical outlets at 4’6” (1.4 m) on centre line AFFL (time stamp)

b)

Cork bulletin board 4’0” long x 3’0” high (1.2 x 0.9 m).

The following items are to be provided within the main housekeeping area: a)

Duplex electrical outlets (if not located in valet area)

b)

Telephone outlets

c)

Soaking sink

d)

Lost and found cabinet

e)

Housekeeping counter

f)

Linen clerk station

g)

Issue counter

h)

Cubicle with two robe hooks (staff try on uniforms) with fulllength mirror.

Formula for calculating area of housekeeping including daily linen and uniforms, day stores, seamstress, lost and found and issuing is: Quantity of guestrooms x 3 = ft2 required. Housekeeper’s office (approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2) to include the following features: a)

Cork bulletin board 2’0” wide x 3’0” high (0.6 x 0.9 m)

b)

Electrical outlets

c)

One duplex electrical outlet (UPS)

d)

Telephone outlet

The valet (approximately 550 ft2 – 51 m2) will provide full dry cleaning and pressing of guests’ clothes, staff uniforms, drapes and blankets seven days a week.

REV.

MARCH 2006


161


BACK-OF-HOUSE


One hour pressing of guests’ clothes will be offered generally between the hours of 7 am and 8 p.m. seven days a week as well as overnight pressing. The valet area shall incorporate the following features: a)

Duplex electrical outlet and telephone at valet’s desk location

b)

Duplex electrical outlet at sewing machine location

c)

Duplex electrical outlet and telephone at shoe shine location

d)

Special exhaust duct system over dry cleaning unit

e)

Blocking in ceiling for support of slick rails for valet equipment

f)

Allow 20 ft2 (1.9 m2) for perc drum storage

g)

Guest check-in table/bins unit

h)

All compressor air lines to have quick disconnects and automatic moisture traps with a water leg and drain valve

i)

Direct exhaust outlet to vacuum unit.

The laundry will be designed to process all the hotel’s textiles and also to provide same day full guest laundry, seven days a week. Fairmont Hotels and Resorts’ laundries are designed based upon the following criteria: a)

Average load produced per room in (a) City Hotels is 25 lbs (11.4 kg) and in (b) Resorts is 38 lbs (17.2 kg, in (c) Hotels with Willow Stream Spa’s is 35 lbs (20.4 kg) and in (d) Resorts with Willow Stream Spa’s is 48 lbs (21.7 kg)

b)

Equipment to be designed to suit 100% occupancy based upon 1.2 loads per washer and dryer per hour

c)

Laundry will operate 6 days per week and will be staffed 48 hours per week, although washmen’s shifts will be staggered to allow equipment to start early.

The formula for calculating the area of the laundry production space and soil sort area is:

REV.

a)

City Hotel: Quantity of Guestrooms x 25 x 7 x 3.5 divided by 48, (b) Resort Hotel: Quantity of Guestrooms x 38 x 7 x 3.5 divided by 48, (c) Hotels with Willow Stream Spa’s: Quantity of guestrooms x 35 x 7 x 3.5 divided by 48 and (d) Resorts with Willow Stream Spa’s: quantity of guest rooms x 48 x 7 x 35 divided by 48.

b)

The 3.5 ft2 (0.32 m2)/lb./hour is calculated from 28 ft2 (0.26 m2)/lb./hour for laundry including laundry manager’s office and 0.7 ft2 (0.07 m2)/lb./hour for linen chute discharge and soil sort

MARCH 2006


162


BACK-OF-HOUSE


c)

3.3 Days of textile supply in circulation and 1.1 in storage for a Total of 4.4 pars

d)

Washer equipment safety factor is 20% of required production in pounds/hour.

The access corridor from the truck dock to the laundry shall be 10’0” ( 3.0 m) wide with a pair of 6’0” (1.8 m) wide entry doors into the laundry and a 4’0” (1.2 m) wide removable side panel. Extreme care must be taken to ensure that vibration and acoustics ramifications are fully resolved. The dryer exhaust duct to have a lint filter and thermal insulation outside the dryer enclosure to the lint filter room. All dryer ducts must have clean out panels every 20’0” (6.1 m) of horizontal length. Softened hot and cold water to laundry and valet to 0-2 grains hardness. Hot water supply to washers must be at 160 F (71 C) in adequate volume to fill the washers in the required time period. Water hammer arresters must be used on washer water lines. Room to be conditioned to not exceed 80 F (27 C). Formula for calculating the area for the soil sort room, including slide: Quantity of guestroom x 25 (City Hotels), 38 (Resort Hotels), or 38 (Hotel and Willow Stream Spa) and 48 (Resort and Willow Stream Spa) x 7 x 0.7 divided by 48. The soil sort room to have the following features: a)

A duplex electrical outlet located at 5’6” (1.7 m) on centre line AFFL and floor sink

b)

Chute to be as manufactured by Wilkinson Chute Company Inc. with a truncation at 8’6” (2.6 m) on centre line AFFL

c)

Soil sort table width and length to suit hotel volume and to manufactured of plastic laminated. Height to slope from 3’0” (0.9 m) at back to 1’0” (0.3 m) at front to move work to front of platform

d)

Flooring to epoxy floor finish behind washers and dry cleaning machine. Elsewhere to be vinyl tiles with 4” (10 cm) high vinyl baseboard

e)

Chemical supplies and detergent to be stored in separate laundry chemical room. Size to be based upon 30-day delivery period.

Provide storage for housekeeping functions:

REV.

MARCH 2006


163


BACK-OF-HOUSE


a)

Linen storage

b)

Glassware storage (glasswashing)

c)

Cleaning materials storage

d)

Hotel bulk storage

e)

Hotel dead storage

f)

Hotel stationary/paper storage

g)

Lost and Found storage

h)

Uniform storage

i)

Valet equipment area.

Formula for calculating storage areas for typical city and resort hotel (where properties are offshore or remote with less predictable delivery periods increase allowance by 50%):

REV.

a)

Bulk storage: Quantity of guestrooms x 1 = ft2 (0.09 m2)

b)

Dead storage: Quantity of guestrooms x 1 = ft2 (0.09 m2)

c)

Stationery and Paper storage: 100 ft2 (9.3 m2) per 200 guestrooms

d)

New textile (“unissued”) storage (calculations per 100 guestrooms at 100% occupancy): (a) City hotels-room textiles 60 ft2 (5.6 m2) x 1.25 and F and B textiles 75 ft2 (7.0 m2) x 0.25 and (b) Resort hotels – as city hotels plus 25%

e)

Food and Beverage Textiles (“in circulation”) storage (based on a storage height of 6’0” and shelving 2’0” wide): i)

Ballroom and Meeting rooms: 2 ft3 (0.06 m3) per 100 ft2 (9.3 m2) of meeting space, plus

ii)

Restaurants: ½ ft3 (0.02 m3) per seat, plus

iii)

Room service: ½ ft3 (0.02 m3) x 75% of quantity of guestrooms (for Resort hotels) x 50% of quantity of guestrooms (for City hotels)

iv)

Add (i) + (ii) + (iii) / 6 (convert from ft3 to ft2) x 1.25 (aisles) x 2 (separate parts) = total storage area required in ft2.

MARCH 2006


164


BACK-OF-HOUSE


Provide distribution for housekeeping functions: a)

Distribution of housekeeping supplies

b)

Uniform distribution

c)

Provide an office for the Housekeeping Manager

d)

Provide a desk/work area for Housekeeping Assistant Manager.

Size and areas to be determined by specific program requirements. Housekeeping functions should ideally be grouped together adjacent to the Laundry, service circulation and the Service Elevator. 3.2.

Night Cleaner’s Storeroom The night cleaner’s store (approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2) is to have direct access from the service corridor. Night cleaner’s store to include the following features:

REV.

a)

Floor sink with hot and cold water, hose bib and tile surround and mop rack

b)

Floor drain

c)

Heavy duty shelving 6’0” long x 3’0” wide (1.8 x 0.9 m) and full room height

d)

Waterproof duplex electrical outlet

e)

Wall mounted telephone.

MARCH 2006


165


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Functional Diagram : Typical Layout for Housekeeping & Laundry

Soil Sort Room

Service Elevators

Laundry/ Dry Cleaning

Receiving Dock

Employee Entrance

Housekeeping Supplies Distribution

Housekeeping Storage Area

Uniform Distribution

Employee Facilities

Housekeeping Manager

REV.

MARCH 2006


166


4.1.

BACK-OF-HOUSE

KITCHEN AND FOOD PREPARATION

General Requirements Provide kitchen space for Hotel and Function needs. A single main production kitchen is preferred but could be subdivided into different preparation kitchens when the Restaurants or the Ballroom and other Functions spaces are on different levels. The kitchen is to be planned into specific and separated areas: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) l) m) n)

Receiving food and beverage goods Main production Bakery Butcher shop Food preparation Garde manger Food pick-up, beverage and service stations Pot and pan washing areas Trash rooms Chef’s office Assistant Chef’s office Director of Food and Beverages office Flower work shop Banquet kitchen.

Configuration and planning of kitchen areas to be determined by specific program requirements. The main kitchen should be adjacent to the restaurants and also to the ballroom and other meeting rooms. It should be linked to these spaces by generous service corridors. Provide separate internal circulation between the different kitchen spaces. Close proximity to the receiving space and to the service elevator. Service stands near food preparation and pick-up lines. Conditioned trash room adjacent to the receiving dock. 4.2.

Storage Provide separate storage areas for dry, refrigerated and frozen goods (approximately 40% of net kitchen area). Provide modular walk-in freezers and refrigerator. All main storage areas to be close to the production Kitchen and located between the Receiving Dock and the Kitchen receiving space.

REV.

MARCH 2006


167


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Room Service The purpose of this space is to provide a room service set-up area and an office for room service order. Allow space for orders, preparation and cart set-up. This space should be part of the main kitchen, separated from the main production line and located close to the service elevators. Room service cashier’s office shall have the following features:

4.4.

a)

Two duplex electrical outlets (UPS) and three for “point of sale” system and one electrical outlet and computer outlet (both UPS)

b)

Three 110V 15 amp duplex electrical outlets and three telephone outlets all mounted 33” (84 cm) on centre line AFFL (credit card related equipment)

c)

Built in counter 10’0” (3 m) long (minimum) x 2’6” x 3’0” high (0.8 x 0.9 m) with lockable drawers under at each end

d)

110V 15amp electrical outlet 12” (30 cm) on centre line AFFL on wall opposite counter

e)

Provide intercom between cashier’s office (microphone) and room service set up (loudspeaker). Also between cashier’s office and kitchen hot line if the latter is not directly visible from Room Service Office. Microphone and loudspeakers at both locations

f)

Shelf 9” wide x 24” long 60” (23 x 60 x 152 cm) on centre line AFFL with duplex electrical outlet 6” (15 cm) above top of shelf (pagers and charger).

Flower Work Room The flower workroom (approximately 300 ft2 – 28 m2) is to have the following features:

REV.

a)

Air conditioning is to be 65 F (18 C)

b)

A double bowl sink

c)

Full height reach-in refrigerator

d)

Stainless steel work counter with drawers under

e)


f)

Telephone outlets.

MARCH 2006


168


5.1.

BACK-OF-HOUSE

RECEIVING AND PURCHASING

Loading Area The loading dock is the main lifeline of the hotel and is where loading and unloading hotel supplies, food, furnishing and other related items take place. Truck access should be completely concealed from guest view and hearing. Provide a minimum of two service bays and one additional bay for the trash compactor/container. Overhead clearance for the service bays: 14’0” (4.3 m). Height of dock may vary due to building floor elevations. However height of 3’0” (0.9 m) to 3’6” (1.1 m) is desirable. A 4’0” (1.2 m) wide ramp should be incorporated for hand trucks as well as a recessed ladder or steps. Locate near service elevator core and service circulation areas and preferably close to the kitchen dry and cold storage. Deep stainless steel double sink unit and work surface, on floor mounted frame with two wall mounted tap sets with swivel spouts and two flexible spray faucets with wall brackets (see Fairmont Hotels and Resorts Standard Details) The loading dock area should incorporate the following features:

REV.

a)

Duplex electrical outlet for weigh scale adjacent to receiver’s office

b)

Floor drain adjacent weigh scale

c)

Cold water hose connector for washing down

d)

110V 20 amp electrical outlet (separate circuit) adjacent to hose connector for high pressure water wash down unit

e)

Electric dock levelers

f)

Weatherproof duplex electrical outlets

g)

Truck bumpers at edge of truck dock

h)

Floor drains

i)

In colder climates truck dock to be heated by thermostatically controlled forced air unit heaters

j)

All exposed vertical edges to have 3” x 3” x ¼” (7.6x7.6x 0.6 cm) thick x 4’6” (1.4 m) long (steel angle

k)

Protect exposed overhead door guides with bollards

l)

Intercom from exterior of truck dock gates to receiver’s office

MARCH 2006


169


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Loading Area (continued)

5.2.

m)

CCTV cameras

n)

Horizontal 2” thick x 12” high (5 x 30 cm) wood or plastic robrails, mounted 3’6” (1.1 m) to center line AFFL on all exposed walls

o)

Wall mounted telephone adjacent to intercom at truck gate and at truck dock receiver’s office.

Offices Provide space for purchasing functions and for loading dock control office (approximately 250 ft2 – 23 m2). The purchasing offices should be located near the loading dock with the control office adjacent to the loading dock and linked to other back-of-house activities by the main service corridor.

REV.

MARCH 2006


170


BACK-OF-HOUSE

Back-of-House Standards Details Page

REV.

TYPICAL ENGINEER’S WORK BENCH

172

TYPICAL ENGINEER’S WORK COUNTER

173

TYPICAL ENGINEER’S TV WORK BENCH

174

TYPICAL CARPENTRY WORKSHOP

175

TYPICAL CARPENTRY WORK BENCH DETAILS

176

TYPICAL LAYOUT – LOADING DOCK AREA

177

TYPICAL STAFF TRAINING ROOM

178

TYPICAL SOIL SORT TABLE

179

TYPICAL ROOMS SERVICE CASHIER’S OFFICE

180

TYPICAL MAILROOM COUNTER

181

TYPICAL MAIL SORTING UNIT

182

TYPICAL LAYOUT TELEPHONE OPERATORS ROOM

183

TYPICAL TELEPHONE OPERATORS WORKSTATION

184

TYPICAL STAFF CASH DEPOSIT OFFICE

185

TYPICAL SECURITY OFFICE AND DETAILS

186

TYPICAL COMPUTER ROOM

187

COMPUTER ROOM ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

188

4-PLEX JACK DETAIL

189

MARCH 2006


171


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

172


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

173


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

174


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

175


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

176


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

177


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

178


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

179


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

180


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

181


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

182


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

183


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

184


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

185


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

186


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

187


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

188


REV.

MARCH 2006


BACK-OF-HOUSE

189

Fairmont Hotels & Resorts · Design Standards

E.

SERVICES AND SYSTEMS

1.

MECHANICAL

1.1.


General Requirements The requirements for air conditioning, ventilation and heating for Fairmont Hotels and Resorts will vary widely due to the differences in climates of the cities in which the hotels or resorts are to be located. All latest ASHRAE standards 62-(latest edition) and 55-(latest edition) must be strictly adhered to unless directed otherwise. The system is to be designed for all spaces except mechanical and electrical plant rooms to be air-conditioned. The design of the system is to take into account the following design criteria:

REV.

a)

Humidity, especially where hotels are in hot and humid climates

b)

Condition and/or ventilation air in all enclosed corridors having direct access to guestroom, as well as stairways and storage rooms adjacent to guestrooms

c)

Ceiling plenums will not be used for corridor air distribution

d)

Sizing of guestroom cooling loading should be based upon 97 ½ % ASHRAE, 1 person occupancy per king room, 2 person occupancy per double/double, (these numbers are to be doubled for resort hotels), 1,250 watts of lighting, drapery sheets closed, no outside air infiltration and 75 F (24 C) desired room cooling temperature

e)

Double directional, fully adjustable louver deflectors on fan coil air diffusers

f)

Guestroom are to be designed to maintain positive pressure

g)

High-rise hotels to be provided with toilet exhaust roof-top fans (to shutdown or limit speed during midday and night-time)

h)

All supply and return air grilles in public areas, when exposed to the public, are to linear type

i)

The design is to take into consideration both latent heat gain and dehumidification performance of air conditioning system as part of the energy analysis computer program

j)

Cooling load for health clubs and spa exercise rooms are to be calculated on a basis of a the room being fully occupied, with guests doing a vigorous workout

k)

Chilled water piping systems are to be designed with balancing capability

l)

The design is to take into consideration both latent heat gain and dehumidification performance of air conditioning system as part of the energy analysis computer program

MARCH 2006


190



Mechanical/General Requirements (continued)

m)

Cooling load for health clubs and spa exercise rooms are to be calculated on a basis of a the room being fully occupied, with guests doing a vigorous workout

n)

Chilled water piping systems are to be designed with balancing capability

o)

In tropical and salty environments, cooling towers are to be constructed of corrosion resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester and all other components, including nuts and bolts are to be “rust resistant quality” stainless steel

p)

Guest toilet exhaust fans are to be designed to maintain negative pressure with respect to adjacent rooms and positive pressure with respect to outside air

q)

Make up air for toilet rooms and other exhaust systems should be designed to be continuously conditioned air and not filtrating outside air, nor natural ventilation.

The steam service equipment is to be designed to meet the following criteria: a)

Laundry and valet equipment, unless otherwise specified by the equipment manufacturer is to be supplied with a pressure of 125 psi (8.8 kqf/cm2)

b)

Kitchen and dishwashing equipment, unless otherwise specified by the equipment manufacturer is to be supplied with a minimum pressure of 12 psi (0.8 kqf/cm2) and a maximum of 30 psi (2.1 kqf/cm2)

Boiler plant equipment is to be designed to meet the specific load requirements and consideration must be made for the following criteria:

REV.

a)

Types of fuel available and their associated costs

b)

Hot water heaters, reheat for humidity control, direct heating and air tempering is to be supplied with a pressure of 5 to 10 psi (0.35 kqf/cm2 to 0.7 kqf/cm2)

c)

Dependability of the local fuel supply

d)

Daily and seasonal variations of load

e)

Availability and quality of the local supplier’s organization

f)

Whether or not licensed operators are required (unlicensed operators are preferred)

g)

The need for winter heating and the possible utilization of steam during cooling season and air conditioning refrigeration plant

h)

The boilers are not to be sized to merely meet the anticipated peak load condition, but must be selected to provide sufficient excess capacity to

MARCH 2006


191




permit one unit to be removed from service for repairs and maintenance without seriously affecting the operations of the hotel. The minimum boiler selection must be two units each sized to provide approximately two thirds of the peak load i)

If boilers are to be oil fired then the capacity of the fuel storage facilities must be designed to accommodate a two-week supply.

All air conditioning installations are to be of the central plant type, supplying chilled water to the various air-handling units. As the equipment is to be designed to operate on a 24 hours, 365 day per year basis it must be selected in multiple units with sufficient spare capacity to maintain comfort of the guests during periods of average weather conditions and occupancy during times when one unit may be taken out of service. The selection of the refrigeration plant equipment, excluding the kitchen refrigeration equipment, which will be supplied under the kitchen equipment contract, must take into consideration the following criteria:

REV.

a)

Climatic conditions and degree of discomfort expected if breakdown occurs

b)

Availability and reliability of supply

c)

Cost of water

d)

Chemical and physical properties of available water

e)

Availability, quality and cost of electrical energy supply

f)

Availability and cost of hotel produced steam

g)

Availability of skilled maintenance labor

h)

Type of equipment with which local maintenance labor is familiar

i)

Availability of manufacturer’s local service organization and their skill levels

j)

Availability of replacement parts

k)

Chiller quantity and capacity calculations are to be based upon the same criteria as for boilers

l)

All condensers are to be water cooled and piped to a complete cooling tower water system

m)

If the cooling towers for the air conditioning plant do not operate year round, then a separate cooling tower is to be installed for the refrigeration plant and ice makers

MARCH 2006


192




n)

Cooling towers must be located so that the noise generated by them, as well as their discharge air will not be objectionable to the hotel guests.

Circulating pumps are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria: a)

Motor driven, centrifugal type

b)

Large pumps are to be horizontally split case, double suction type

c)

Smaller pumps are to be vertically split case, end suction type

d)

All pumps to have shut off valves and strainers in the suction side and check valves and throttling valves on the discharge side

e)

The design pressure for each pump must be at least equal to one and a half times their working pressure

f)

Pumps must be installed on spring-isolated concrete inertia blocks, etc to ensure that noise and vibration is not be transmitted to the building structure

g)

Chilled water and condenser water pumps are to have factory mechanical seals installed

h)

Each chiller is to have a minimum of one chilled water pump and one condenser water pump and shall be piped to allow cross-use

i)

Each boiler is to have one circulating pump.

Heat exchangers are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria: a)

Steam to water and water to water heat exchangers are to be of the shell and tube type

b)

Heat exchangers are to be mounted in cast iron or welded steel cradles on structural steel frames or concrete piers.

Pressure reducing stations are to be self-contained or air pressure operated. A central air compressor plant is to be designed to meet the following criteria: a)

The plant is to be consist of at least two compressors, a receiver, water cooler, moisture and oil elimination and reducing station

b)

Discharge air pressure is to be a minimum of 100 psi (7 kqf/cm2)

c)

A separate air compressor is to be designed and installed for the laundry and valet shop.

A vacuum piping system is to be provided which will supply the laundry and valet equipment. The following areas must be air conditioned when outside design criteria for summer is above 75° dry bulb and 65° wet bulb:

REV.

MARCH 2006


193




a)

Kitchen to have a required temperature of 80 F (27 C) dry bulb at 60%

b)

Bake shop, pastry shop, laundry and valet to have a required temperature of 80 F (27 C)

c)

Garde manger, chocolate shop, butcher shop and beverage stores to have a required temperature of 65 F (18 C)

d)

Computer room to have a required temperature of 72 F (22 C)

e)

Telephone equipment room to have a required temperature of 78 F (26).

The VAV systems are to be designed using the following criteria: a)

Maintain absolute minimum total system static

b)

Maintain absolute minimum duct velocities commensurate with economic and space limitations: i)

Hotel bedroom and general offices – 1000 FPM

ii)

Boardrooms – 1200 FPM

iii)

Meeting rooms, ballrooms and pre-function areas – 800 FPM

iv)

Restaurants – 1500 FPM.

c)

Ducting should avoid components such as mitred elbows, conventional and acoustical turning valves, bullhead tees, etc in order to ensure that noise is kept to a minimum

d)

The air distribution ductwork must be sized on the basis of the Static Regain Method (SRM)

e)

Pressure-independent low-pressure VAV regulators must be selected to serve each occupied space

f)

Supply duct connection must be either galvanized metal or a maximum of five feet of bonded aluminum flex with no more than a 45° bend

g)

Terminal ceiling diffusers or booted-plenum slots specifically designed for VAV air distribution from the standpoint of minimum “dumping” action at reduced air volumes and from the standpoint of sound levels at maximum cfm delivery is to be selected.

Quiet operating centrifugal fans are to be designed following:

REV.

a)

Rated in accordance with AMCA procedure and shall bear the AMCA seal

b)

Class I, II or II as recommended by AMCA based upon both operating pressures and maximum tip speed

MARCH 2006


194




c)

Blades continuously welded to hub and inlet rim, are to be backward inclined from the direction of the rotation for non overloading power characteristic

d)

Bearings are to be precision anti-friction, pillow-block, either ball or roller type with an average minimum life of 60,000 full load hours

e)

Vibration isolators are to be provided.

Cabinet type air supply units are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria: a)

Allow for maintenance access

b)

Fans are to be centrifugal non overloading silent type with double-inlet, multi-blades

Steam coils are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria: a)

Coils to be of the steam distributing type-within-a-tube construction with heated return headers

b)

Coils are to be provided with an outlet for complete drainage of condensation

c)

Where temperatures fall below freezing, preheat coils are to have a minimum of two steam traps

d)

Each section of preheat coils is to have an individual control.

Water-cooling and heating coils are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria: a)

Water heating and cooling coils are to be of the continuous tube type with vertical fins, tested to 300 psi (21.1 kqf/cm2) pneumatic pressure and provided with positive methods of draining and venting

b)

Electric heating coils are to have finned tubular heating elements and are to be resistance wire centered in copper plated steel tubes

c)

Direct expansion coils are to have fins copper bonded to the tubes by hydraulic expansion of the tubes and tested to 300 psi (21.1 kqf/cm2) pneumatic pressure.

Filters are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria:

REV.

a)

Central air conditioning systems are to have high efficiency, high capacity bag type filters with pre-filters

b)

Ventilation systems serving utility areas are to have disposable filters

MARCH 2006


195




c)

Where disposable or replaceable type filters are used, one set of spare filters is to be provided in addition to the new filter being installed.

Guestroom air conditioning is to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria: a)

Air conditioning units are to be of the fan coil type and where heating/cooling is required, the unit is to be a double coil four row type suitable for a Four Pipe System

b)

The unit is to be located over the entry vestibule and is to have a combined removable return air grill and access door located in the ceiling, with a supply grill in the face of the guestroom and to have piped drain connections in addition to secondary water connections

c)

The unit is to be provided with on/off and three-speed room thermostat control and selected for cooling at low fan speed. The unit having a rating of NC 30 night/day at low speed and NC 35 at medium speed with the fan running continuously at the selected speed and the thermostat provided with a deadband setting of a maximum of 75 F (24 C) and a minimum of 68 F (20 C)

d)

The unit are to be generally controlled by the thermostat and pneumatic or electric modulating throttling valve

e)

Drain pans are to be provided and designed so that all valves and controls are directly over the pans.

Radiators and convectors are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria: a)

In areas that experience severe winters, radiators and convectors must be provided below all glass areas not protected by air conditioning units.

b)

Heating units in unconditioned spaces are to be designed to handle the entire heating load, while in conditioned spaces, they are to be sized to operate in conjunction with the air conditioning system

c)

Hot water is preferable as a source of heat

d)

Temperature and humidity test readings are to be taken during periods of full occupancy of each area.

Unit heaters are to be used in the following areas: a)

Centrifugal blower type heaters are to be used at entrances

b)

Propeller type heaters are to be used at loading docks and equipment rooms.

Control samples of the following materials are to be submitted to Fairmont Hotels and Resorts for approval, prior to ordering:

REV.

MARCH 2006


196




a)

Supply grills

b)

Return grills

c)

Thermostats

d)

Guest bathroom exhaust grills.

Electric motors are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria: a)

Motors and controls driving heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment are to be supplied and installed by the Mechanical Contractor. The wiring for this equipment is to be supplied and installed by the Electrical Contractor

b)

All motors are to be of the quiet operating type and preferably should be from one manufacturer

c)

All motors and accessories are to comply in all aspects with NEMA standards, are to include a service factor and to be energy efficient

d)

Exhaust fans for guestroom dishwashers are to be wired so that the fan only works when the dishwasher is in operation.

Ducts are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria: a)

Kitchen range hood exhaust ducts are to be manufactured from 16 gauge black iron and are to be provided with clean-outs are each bend, every 10 (3 m) feet horizontally and every 20 feet (6 m) vertically

b)

Dishwashers and laundry flat ironers are to be manufactured from stainless steel for a minimum distance of 25 feet (7.6 m) from the equipment.

c)

Horizontal ducts from dishwashers are to pitch toward the equipment at one inch per ten feet

d)

Swimming pool supply air ducts are to be manufactured from aluminum, while exhaust ducts are to be manufactured from stainless steel

e)

Laundry dryer exhaust ducts are to be manufactured from galvanized steel with water tight joints and the interiors are to be smooth and free from any intrusions

f)

Fire dampers are to be installed in all ducts piercing shaft walls and shall have suitable eyes and standard fusible links as well an exterior device, which will visibly show the position of the damper.

Grilles, registers and diffusers are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria:

REV.

MARCH 2006


197




a)

All side wall supply registers are to be the double deflection type with opposed blade dampers

b)

All return and exhaust registers are to be the single deflection type with opposed blade dampers

c)

Ceiling diffusers in public areas are to be linear

d)

The inside of supply and return ducts and plenums in public areas are to painted matt black for any portion visible through the grill

e)

Registers and diffusers are to be factory prime coated.

Sound levels due to air conditioning and ventilation equipment, pipes, ducts, etc are to be designed to not exceed the following criteria: a)

Guestrooms and suites - NC 30 with FCU on low speed

b)

Ballrooms, conference rooms, executive offices and massage rooms - NC 30

c)

Public spaces, general offices, lobby lounge, main dining and general office - NC 35

d)

Staff cafeteria, swimming pool and health club – NC 40

e)

Kitchen and laundry – NC 50.

Neoprene or vinyl coated fiberglass of 1 ½ pounds density acoustic duct lining of at least 1” thickness is to provided and installed to the following areas: a)

Discharge and intake ducts of every low pressure handling unit for a minimum distance of 15’0” (4.6 m) Insulating materials shall be provided and installed to all piping, mechanical equipment, ductwork, etc.

REV.

MARCH 2006


198

Fairmont Hotels & Resorts · Design Standards 2.

2.1.


PLUMBING

General Requirements The scope of the plumbing for the hotel will include the following: a)

Water supply to the property including storage

b)

Storm water disposal

c)

Sanitary waste disposal

d)

Cold water supply throughout the property

e)

Hot water supply (120 F – 49 C) throughout the property, with provision for (160 F – 71C) water for the laundry

f)

Swimming pool and whirlpool circulation and filtration system

g)

Fire standpipe system

h)

Sprinklers

i)

Systems for kitchens and laundry

j)

Softened water system.

Total flow water meters are to be installed on the following services: a)

Main incoming water supply

b)

Kitchen hot and cold water supply

c)

Laundry hot and cold water supply

d)

Domestic hot water supply

e)

Cooling towers

f)

Irrigation.

Specific manufacturers for white plumbing fixtures and polished chrome trim are mentioned to establish a standard. Other manufacturers products may be used provided they are equal in design and quality and are approved by Fairmont Hotels and Resorts. Water closets for guestrooms are to be Kohler “San Raphael” model K-3384 with Broadway “Old Dominion” toilet paper holder, robe hook and spare toilet roll holder. Baths for guestrooms are to be Kohler “Steeping Bath” model K-790 with a pair of grip rails, wall mounted Kohler hand shower model K-110 with six prong handles and clear PVC coated metal chrome hose and Broadway Collection grab handle 18” (46 cm) long and soap and sponge basket. Bathroom are to be Broadway “Old Dominion” robe hooks. Baths for luxury suite guestrooms are to be Kohler “Caribbean” model K-810 with all fixtures as described previously.

REV.

MARCH 2006


199



Plumbing/General Requirements (continued)

Under counter lavatories for guestrooms are to be Kohler “Claxton” model K-2211 complete with overflow and Broadway* Collection “Old Dominion Suite” 12” (30 cm) spreadset faucet with lever handles. Bidet for guestrooms are to be Kohler “San Tropez” model K-4854 complete with integral overflow, flushing rim and spray and Broadway Collection “Old Dominion” bidet model 6DM10. Separate shower stall for guestrooms are to be fitted with a Kohler “Triton Rite-Temp” model K-T6910-4A/K-304-K or Symmons “Allura” model 76-1XLR pressure balancing valve with K-7351 CP City Club showerhead or Sloan Actomatic model #AC-10 showerhead or Speaman model S-2252-AF showerhead Water closets for public washrooms are to be wall mounted Kohler “Kingston” model K-4330 with a seat less and Sloan “Royal” flush valve. *Acceptable alternative suppliers are: Hansgrohe, Harden and Ginger.

REV.

MARCH 2006


200


3.1.


ELECTRICAL

General Requirements The scope of the electrical for the hotel will include the following: a)

Distribution system

b)

A system of lighting including dimmer control

c)

A telephone system

d)

A video antenna system

e)

A fire alarm system, including central evacuation

f)

Communication control and alarm system

g)

A pocket pager system

h)

A hand held portable radio system

i)

Empty conduit and power only for a data transmission system

j)

A CCTV system

k)

Background music system.

A standby emergency generator and power distribution system is to be designed and specified for the following (as well as local code requirements):

REV.

a)

Fire alarm system which will include voice communication

b)

Fire pumps

c)

Emergency lighting and exiting signage (as required by local code)

d)

Emergency lighting (in addition to item c above) to i)

Front desk

ii)

Telephone operators’ room

iii)

Cashiers’ office and each position

iv)

Safety deposit box room (both guest and staff)

v)

Work areas involving danger to occupants i.e. kitchens, maintenance areas and laundry

vi)

Security office

vii)

Fire control room.

viii)

Provide a minimum of one fixture or lamp on the emergency circuit to each of the following areas in a normal power outage condition:

MARCH 2006


201



Electrical/General Requirements (continued)

a)

Public restrooms

b)

Each ballroom and pre-function section

c)

Meeting rooms

d)

Spa/Fitness Center

f)

Flood, sump and sewage pumps

g)

Automatic transfer equipment to bring all elevators to main lobby level, each one at a time, while at the same time keeping the fireman’s elevator continually operational

h)

Telephone systems

i)

Freezers, refrigerators and circulation pumps for refrigeration cooling

j)

All computer equipment and computer room HVAC equipment

k)

Fire protection and life safety

l)

HVAC equipment used for smoke control, stairwell and elevator shaft pressurization

m)

Uninterrupted power supply

n)

Oil heaters for chillers

o)

All paging systems

p)

Security systems including CCTV

q)

Automatic door.

The main distribution system using at least two transformers, secondary and/or primary tie or transfer switches, standby cable or equivalent, is to be designed and specified to prevent total loss of power in the event of maintenance or a failure of any single piece of equipment, bus or cable in the primary and main secondary distribution. An automatic load limiting system is to be designed and specified to shut down the following loads when the loads exceeds the predetermined limit: a)

Toilet exhaust fans

b)

Miscellaneous general ventilation systems

c)

Public space air-conditioning systems (provide over-ride)

d)

Chillers (only as a last resort)

e)

Electric water heating.

Panel boards are to be designed and specified to meet the following general criteria:

REV.

MARCH 2006


202




a)

Branch circuit panels are to have a minimum of 20% spare or bussed spaces

b)

Power and distribution panels are to have a minimum of 15% spare or bussed spaces

c)

Main switchboard is to have a minimum of 10% spare or bussed space.

In general feeders are to be designed and specified based upon the following demand requirements: a)

Individual branch circuit panel – 100% of full capacity*

b)

Two grouped branch circuit panels – 90% of full capacity*

c)

Three grouped branch circuit panels – 80% of full capacity*

d)

Four grouped branch circuit panels – 70% of full capacity*

e)

Lighting distribution boards – 80% of full capacity*

f)

Power troughs, starter racks, etc – 90% of full capacity*.

Note: *Full capacity indicates actual connected load plus nominal spare capacity for future. In order to eliminate adverse affects from electric systems operating at low power factor, automatic power factor correction equipment is to be designed and specified in such a way that it increases the power factor to the desired value of 0.95. All wires and cables for power, control and lighting distribution, telephones and low Voltage system is to be run in sheradized or hot dipped galvanized rigid heavy wall steel conduits. Thin wall conduit may be used where approved by local codes. Voltage drop shall not be more than 2.5% from the transformers to the final distribution point except where approved by local codes. All permanently installed lighting fixtures designed and specified by the Interior Designer, Lighting Consultant, Architect or Consulting Engineer are to be supplied and installed by the General Contractor. Lighting levels are to be designed and specified to meet the following minimum foot candles criteria: Valet

REV.

50 (ambient) (538 lm/m2) - 100 task (1075 lm/m2)

Administration & BOH office areas (at desk level)

60 (645 lm/m2)

Ballrooms, Front Desk, Kitchens, Housekeeping and Laundry

50 (538 lm/m2)

MARCH 2006


203




Mechanical, electrical equipment areas

20 (215 lm/m2) w/task lighting at each motor control center and electical switchboard

Housekeeping and Laundry

50 (538 lm/m2)

Maintenance Areas

50 (538 lm/m2)

with 75 (810 lm/m2) on all work surfaces

Kitchen Areas

50 (538 lm/m2)

Meeting Rooms

50 (538 lm/m2)

Ballroom Foyers

35 (376 lm/m2)

Main Lobby and Employee lockers

30 (322 lm/m2)

Assembly and Circulation

25 (269 lm/m2)

Food and Beverage outlets and Porte Cochere

20 (215 lm/m2)

Mechanical, electrical general areas

20 (215 lm/m2)

Elevator foyer and guest corridors

10-20 (108 – 215 lm/m2)

Lighting fixtures in public areas are to be recessed and/or surface mounted incandescent. The exception to this will be coved or display cases and where specialist millwork requires individual lighting treatment. The recessed lighting fixtures for general illumination in the public areas is to be, in general, of the low brightness type, parabolic aperture cones, open apertures with ellipsoidal reflectors, baffle aperture down lights, etc., supplemented with adjustable accent lights, decorative chandeliers, etc. Recessed fluorescent fixtures are to be installed in all the Administrations Offices, except the General Manager’s and any other BOH areas that have windows overlooking public areas. These are to have incandescent lighting fixtures. Outdoor parking, garden and street lighting are to be super metal halide or low pressure sodium. All fluorescent lighting fixtures are to be warm white with rapid start ballast. In mechanical rooms, a fluorescent light fixture is to be mounted at each motor control center and is to be on emergency power. 3.2.

Dimming Equipment Dimming equipment is to be Lutron. Similar equipment manufactured by other dimming equipment companies are acceptable, subject to approval by Fairmont Hotels & Resorts.

REV.

MARCH 2006


204



Dimming Equipment (continued)

Dimming equipment is to be provided for lighting control in each public area. Separate individual dimmers are to be provided for the general lighting, decorative chandeliers and wall brackets, accent lighting, entertainment and special effects fixtures for each room or subdivision. Generally, all dimmer controllers are to be of the calibrated type arranged in control panels, which may be located away from the main dimmer assembly. Selector switches are to be provided in each ballroom console to allow control of general lighting from individual room stations. Dimmers are to be electronic, solid state and are to be designed specifically for light control. The main dimmer rack is to contain a phase-to-phase coil magnetically held, multiple, double-throw transfer relay to automatically transfer at least one general lighting circuit in each room to an external emergency supply in the event of a power failure to the dimmer. Restaurants, entertainment areas, bars, main lobby, foyers and corridors are to have four presets. One for breakfast, lunch, dinner and housekeeping. Activation of these presets is to be provided by an astronomic time clock capable of activation 1-11/2 hours before sunset. Ballrooms, ballroom foyers and meeting rooms are to have individual controls for each subdivision with one central master control panel. All switches, receptacles and cover plates are to be white with matching securing screws. Exterior weatherproof switches and receptacles are to be either galvanized steel or stainless steel. 3.3.

Telephone System The telephone switch room (allow approximately 300 ft2 – 28 m2) is to allow rear access to the switch panels and have a floor designed to carry approximately 110 lbs/ft2 (50 kg/m2). This room must not have exterior windows and is to be built from block walls and finished with a vinyl tiled floor, painted walls and lay-in ceiling tiles. Where required by local authorities, an additional room (allow approximately 75ft2 – 7 m2) may be necessary for the local telephone company termination of entrance facilities. Fairmont Hotels and Resorts preferred system is a direct current powered Northern Telecom Meridian 1 telephone switch with the latest “state-of-the-art” PBX technology switch and hardware in release at the time of installation.

REV.

MARCH 2006


205



Telephone Systems (continued)

Similar equipment manufacturers by other telephone systems manufacturers are acceptable, subject to approval by Fairmont Hotels and Resorts. Air-conditioning provided for the telephone switch and associated equipment must be a stand alone system capable of handling 16,000 BTU’s/hour and must be on emergency power There should be at least two risers enclosed in risers serving the guest levels, or if construction dictates, risers between each vertical line of rooms. In some cases separate risers may be necessary for elevator and service lobby telephones as well as upper floor function areas. One intermediate distribution frame is required on each hotel floor for each riser. A conduit is to be run down the guest corridor from the intermediate distribution frame and stubbed into each room. Refer to the Data Cabling Specifications for details. Voice Mail Provides guest and administrative voice main; interface to telephone switch, property management system for message notification. For Nortel supplied systems, Meridian Mail is the standard. Call Accounting Provides costing of all calls made by telephones on the property, interfaces to the telephone switch and property management system (to post guest charges to accounts). The standard is XETA. Long Distance Carriers Fairmont Hotels and Resorts competitively bids direct dial services where markets permits. Operator services are evaluated on a country by country basis. Our current North American suppliers are: Direct Dial Service US: Direct Dial Service, Western Canada: Direct Dial Service, Eastern Canada: Operator Services:

Sprint Telus Bell Canopco

Standard Guestrooms are to have the following features: a) Bedroom at the night table a Cordless Teledex CL2210 (2-line) or CL1210 (single line) phone. These phones have Securechek technology which stops cross billing between rooms, which is experienced with lesser models in large installations. This is a true hospitality cordless set with Message Waiting lamp and speaker phone, 10 speed dial buttons, and full faceplate. See http://www.teledex.com/telephones/cordless/index.html Simplex telephone jacks with RJ-11C termination at the bed

REV.

MARCH 2006


206




b)

At the desk a Teledex Opal Series 2011S (2 line) or 1010S (single line). Features full faceplate, speakerphone, speed dial buttons, hold, and volume control. See http://www.teledex.com/telephones/opal/index.html Jacks, comprising one RJ-11C and one RJ–45 terminations (one for a two line telephone, one for data) is to be installed at the desk Wiring to be 1 x 4 pair enhanced category 5 serving the onejack and 1 x 4 pair category 5 data grade servicing the other jack

c)

In the bathroom a Teledex Trimline I or II, small mountable phone with buttons on the handset only. See http://www.teledex.com/telephones/trimline/index.html

Simplex wall mounted telephone jack with RJ-11C termination in the WC (telephone is not to be mounted directly on wall) One, Two, and Three Bedroom Suites are to have the following features: a) Living room phone has same extensions as master bedroom. b) c)

All bathrooms have bridged first extension off related bedroom. Pantry phone and maid’s closet phones have separate extensions from suite main number.

Boardrooms Provide multi-line digital speaker telephone,the Northern Telecom 2616. Provide fourplex outlet in boardroom with one voice RJ-11C (digital), one fax/modem (analog) RJ-11C and two data RJ-45 jacks. Back-of-the-House Areas Within the Administration and Accounting areas of the hotel, data grade cable should run from the localized intermediate distribution frame from each position, either to a concentrator/hub located at the intermediate distribution frame or home directly back to the computer room without intermediate splices or cross-connects. Back of house offices and secretarial and front desk positions to be provided with the following: a)

A quad jack, comprising RJ-11C and two RJ-45 terminations

b)

Wiring to be 1 x 4 pair category 5 serving the upper jacks and 2 x 4 pair category 5 data grade servicing the lower jacks.

Multi-button, digital display phones are to be provided to the following locations. Positions identified with an asterisk shall be hands-free speaker phones, all guest contact positions (i.e. housekeeping, accounting, room service) shall have guest name recognition capability:

REV.

MARCH 2006


207




a)

Human Resources (Director *, Assistant, Secretary)

b)

Housekeeping (Director*, Assistant, Clerks, Laundry, Valet)

c)

Purchasing/Receiving (Buyer*, Receiving Clerck, Secretary)

d)

Technical Services (Director*, Assistant, Secretary)

e)

Kitchen (Chef*, Room Service)

f)

Accounting (Comptroller*, Asst., Secretary., Payroll, Cashier, Clerks, Systems Manager*)

g)

Front Office (Front Office Manager*, Director of Reservations, Reservations Agents, Assistant Managers)

h)

Executive Offices (General Manager, Resident, Director of Marketing/sales, Director of Catering, Sales Managers, Catering Managers, Coordinators, Secretaries, Reception)

i)

Business Centre (Manager, clerks, workstations)

j)

Restaurant Maitre d’= stations

k)

Bars for bartender/guest use (including pool bar)

l)

Front Desk (reception/cashiering)

m)

Concierge Desk

n)

Bell Stand/Doorman’s station

Single line analogue wall phones are to be provided in the following areas:

REV.

a)

Meeting Room Service Corridors (no ring w/flashing light)

b)

Room Service

c)

Health Club (reception, massage rooms, exercise area, lockers)

d)

Restaurant Service Stations

e)

Service elevator foyers

f)

Laundry and valet work areas

g)

Engineering Shops, chiller plant, boiler room, main electrical room

h)

Kitchen (main kitchen, banquet kitchen, service bar, food lines, butcher, bakery, dry stores, flower shop)

i)

Loading dock

j)

Staff Cafeteria

k)

Administration Boardroom

MARCH 2006


208




l)

Staff Locker Rooms

m)

Housekeeping Service Rooms on Guest Floors

n)

Each floor of Car Parking Garage (next to exit stair or elevator)

Provide direct outside lines (i.e. by-passing the main switch) in the main switch room, telephone operator’s room and security. There will be a minimum of 10 phones designated on the telephone switch as power fail telephones, which may be activated and provide external telephone service in the event of a failure of the telephone switch. The locations will be determined at the time the switch is installed. Public Areas Provide phones which ring direct to operator in the following locations in the Main Lobby (2 or more), near the Front Desk (2 or more), in Ballroom Foyer (2) and near Meeting Rooms or group of Mtg Rms (2 per floor or group). Standard will be the Teledex Opal 1001, see http://www.teledex.com/telephones/opal/opal1001.html located in the same location as house phones of which one in each area shall be mounted for handicapped use. All phones to be fully recessed. Provide outdoor phones in weatherproof boxes for exterior games areas such as tennis courts, waiting and service areas and swimming pool locations. Provide cordless phones for pool area and restaurants (2 for each area). All telephone operator consoles to have guest name display capability. The following areas are to be provided with active at all times, single line telephones with direct access to the outside without passing through the telephone switch: a)

Telephone Operator’s room

b)

Security

c)

Telephone Switch room.

The following areas are to be provided with two house telephones with dial pads (must ring down to the operator): a)

Each ballroom foyer

b)

Near each meeting room

c)

Near the front desk

d)

Main hotel lobby.

Note: House telephones are to be installed adjacent the pay telephones.

REV.

MARCH 2006


209

Fairmont Hotels & Resorts · Design Standards 3.4.


Television System Television signal systems from satellites will be used wherever excellent reception and coverage is available. Where a satellite system is not available, a cable system is to be installed. The television terminal equipment will be located in a room (allow approximately 75 ft2 – 7 m2) adjacent to the telephone equipment room. Pay per view television, where available, will be located in a room (allow approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2) adjacent to the telephone equipment room. This equipment shall be supplied and installed by an independent supplier. The general contractor will be responsible for supplying the whole system, excluding the television sets. Televisions complete with remote controls will be supplied and installed by FF and E. A television signal outlet together with its attendant duplex electrical outlet is to be provided at the following locations: a)

All guest bedrooms and living rooms

b)

All presidential and special suite bathrooms

c)

All public bars and lounges

d)

Secured storage rooms in maintenance areas

e)

At television repair workbench in maintenance area

f)

Employee dining room and employee lounge

g)

Ballroom, ballroom pre-function areas and meeting rooms

h)

Staff training room

i)

Health club relaxation areas and exercise rooms.

Provide different designated equipment rooms for the hotel and meeting facilities operation. 3.5.

Closed Circuit Television Security and Assistance Systems A closed circuit television system shall be provided with wall mounted cameras located in the following areas:

REV.

a)

Swimming pool (wide angle type)

b)

Staff entrance

c)

All remote, unsecurable and unattended entrances or exits

d)

Food and beverage entrance doors

e)

Main lobby and front desk area (pin hole type)

f)

Cashier’s desk

MARCH 2006


210



Closed Circuit Television Security and Assistance Systems (continued)

g)

Guests safety deposit box room

h)

Truck dock/receiving area (wide angle type)

i)

Cardiovascular room (monitor at health club reception desk and security office). All externally mounted cameras are to include weatherproof housing. Colored monitors with the capacity to divide the screen into four different pictures simultaneously shall be provided as follows: a)

One for “holding on any selected camera

b)

One for every 12 cameras, connected to sequential switcher for automatic switching

c)

One for replaying from video tape player

d)

One in executive assistant manager’s office with switcher to select camera.

All monitors are to be located in a special display unit in the security office. A duplicate set of monitors is to be provided in the telephone operator’s room. The cashier’s office is to be provided with a dedicated video recorder. This recorder is to be activated by means of the cashier’s security buzzer switch and is to record for up to an hour after the switch has been depressed and should stop automatically. Each front desk cashier’s position, cashier’s office and staff safety deposit box room is to have a silent alarm system, comprising a push button to illuminate a flashing red light in the telephone operator’s room. Each area is to have its own separate light. Each front desk position is to have a push button to illuminate a flashing blue light in the front manager’s office. A push button is to be installed at the guest safety deposit collection counter, which when pushed by the guest will activate a buzzer at the front desk. Entry door into guest safety deposit box “viewing” room to be provided with an electric strike activated by a button adjacent to the staff entry door into the safety deposit room. 3.6.

Background Music and AV Systems The media center (approximately 120 ft2 – 11 m2) is to act as the central point for audiovisual activity. The media center will house a high quality amplified monitor and all background music and source equipment.

REV.

MARCH 2006


211



Background Music and AV Systems (continued)

Layout of loudspeakers is to be coordinated with the Interior Designer’s reflective ceiling plans. Loudspeakers must be positioned in ceilings such that the listener is not more than 45 degrees off axis from the nearest loudspeaker (as measured to the listeners ear) and that the distance from the loudspeaker within a given area to the listeners ear does not vary in more than a ratio of 2:1. An audiovisual system suitable for video presentation is to be furnished and installed to the following areas: a)

Circulation areas including restrooms, public corridors, lobby parlor and lobbies

b)

Staff Cafeteria

c)

Restaurants and Lounges*

d)

Bars*

e)

Pool Areas

f)

Outdoor circulations areas

g)

Outdoor function areas

h)

Board rooms and meeting rooms*

i)

Spa/Fitness Center*

j)

Ballrooms*.

Note: All areas marked * are to have independent source and volume background music controls. Circulation area source and control equipment is to be located as follows: a)

All elevator lobbies to be on one control zone with source at media center, with on/off and volume controls at the front desk

b)

General public areas and main lobby, but excluding meeting areas, to be on one control zone with source at media center, with on/off and volume controls at front desk

c)

Lobby parlor to be on one control zone with source at media center, with on/off and volume controls at pantry

d)

All public washrooms to be on one control zone with source, on/off and volume controls at media center

e)

All areas described above to have the same source.

A system of audio and video tie lines is to be provide from the media center to each of the following areas:

REV.

MARCH 2006


212




a)

One audio and one video to meeting rooms less than 1,000 ft2 (93 m2).

b)

Two audio and two video to each subdivision of meeting rooms over., 1,000 ft2 (93 m2) ballrooms and ballroom pre-functions.

c)

Four audio and five videos to up-link location for satellite truck adjacent to truck dock.

Each restaurant and lounge to have its own unique music source originating within the area itself or from the media center. Each restaurant and lounge is also to have a feed from the background music source serving the circulation areas. Bars and live entertainment areas are to be equipped with the additional two line level and four microphone level input receptacles with on/off and volume control at the stage areas. The pool areas are to be equipped with weather resistant loudspeakers. A separate unique music source is to be provided at the children’s pool area. Outdoor circulation areas are to have loudspeakers positioned so they provide an even coverage in areas served, particularly in outdoor function areas, however, deliberately omit music provisions from areas directly adjacent to guestrooms and at least half of all circulation pathways and outdoor seating areas. Loudspeakers in outdoor function areas are to be able to be switched to transfer circuit from background music amplifier to local loudspeaker level input receptacle served by a portable sound rack with integral amplifier. The Fairmont Gold lounge is to be provided with a residential style stereo system. Location of speakers and controls are to be coordinated with the Interior Designer. All wiring and cabling is to be housed in concealed conduits. Presidential and special suites are to be provided with residential style stereo system as well as DVD players. All devices are to be of the same manufacturer and to be compatible with the television receiver and controlled by a single remote control device. Loudspeakers are to be provided in an outdoor patio area. These loudspeakers are to have a dedicated amplifier connected to the suite’s audio system. Staff training rooms and staff meeting rooms are to be provided with permanent, remotely controlled motorized projection screen. Boardrooms are to be provided with a permanent, remotely controlled motorized projection screen with remote tie line from projector to front of room and background music. Each subdivision of all meeting rooms, ballrooms and pre-function areas are to be provided with four sources of background music as well as local input. A recessed mount control panel housed within a control niche adjacent to an entrance doors is to

REV.

MARCH 2006


213




house the on/off and volume controls. These rooms are to be equipped with empty conduit provisions and audio-video distribution systems. All systems are to operate in conjunction with the lighting and drapery controls as well as the adjacent subdivisions of each room. The audio signals are to have a combining system that will provide a graphic visual representation of the room status as well as automatic equalization switching upon change of status for meeting rooms and ballroom subdivisions. These rooms must also be capable of selecting a local source or background music from within the room itself. When the rooms are in a combined mode, the controls within each room sub-division will also be combined such that the manipulation of one control will affect the source throughout the combined area and provide an indication of the relative level as well as the source selection at each control location.

REV.

MARCH 2006


214


4.1.


ELEVATORS

General Requirements Public Elevators Specifications are based upon Otis elevator equipment to establish a type and level of quality. Similar equipment manufactured by other elevator companies is acceptable, subject to approval by Fairmont Hotels and Resorts. The following standard features are required in each elevator: a) Average waiting time of under 30 seconds

REV.

b)

Load factor of approximately 30%

c)

Total trip time of less than 70 seconds

d)

(For the purposes of calculating items a, b and c assume an average of 1 ½ persons per room for a urban hotel and 2 persons per room for a resort at 100% occupancy.)

e)

Duty to be 3,500 lbs (1,580 kg)

f)

Speed for a hotel of less than ten floor 350 feet (107 m) per minute and exceeding ten floors of 500 (152 m) feet per minute

g)

Every guest or public floor is to have a stop and an opening

h)

Public area floors are to have 3’6” (1.1 m) centre opening, flush doors with polished bronze, acid etched doors

i)

Guestroom floors are to have 3’6” (1.1 m) centre opening, flush doors with decorative door design

j)

Door frames are to be concealed filler frame type with painted finish and electronic detector

k)

Door sill to be bronze

l)

Hall lanterns are to type 6646DK with chimes and located adjacent to the door frames

m)

Each car is to have two car operating panels with round buttons, emergency stop switch, emergency call button, emergency service switch, close and open door buttons, interface with electronic card readers for Fairmont Gold floors and descriptive engraving for public facility floors buttons, background music speakers and an exhaust fan with sound level not exceeding NC 30

n)

The 8’6” (2.6 m) high car interiors will be based upon the Interior Designer’s drawings incorporating a handrail, mirrors, millwork, stonework and advertising panels

o)

The car is to incorporate emergency power with automatic selection and automatic levelling.

MARCH 2006


215



Service Elevators Specifications are based upon Otis elevator equipment to establish a type and level of quality. Similar equipment manufactured by other elevator companies is acceptable, subject to approval by Fairmont Hotels and Resorts. The service elevators are to have the following features: Not less than two service cars and one freight elevator or approximately 75% of the quantity of passenger cars, whichever the greater Duty to be 4,000 lbs (1,815 kg) Speed to be 400 feet (122 m) per minute Every floor to have a stop and an 3’6” (1.1 m) wide opening Cars to have flush doors with baked enamel finish and electronic detector Each car to have a single stainless steel operating panel with emergency stop switch, emergency call button, emergency service switch and close and open buttons The 8’6” (2.6 m) high car interior is to have carpeted walls (if permitted by code, if not to be off white baked enamel) with a 12” x 12” (300 x 300 cm) mono dark brown rubber floor tiles, hardwood handrail and cart rail and hooks for protective pads The car is to incorporate emergency power with automatic selection and automatic levelling.

REV.

MARCH 2006


216


5.


ELECTRONIC LOCKING SYSTEM

TimeLox or other approved non-hardwired electronic lock system supplier are to provide a project specific package, inclusive of all items outlined below unless other stated, for approval by Fairmont Hotels and Resorts corporate office before a contract to supply and install can be executed: Software requirements to be Windows NT based software a)

One TimeLox modem package for “on-line” diagnostics and support

b)

One TimeLox 2300 Windows software package and user licence

c)

One handheld communications unit used to program and interrogate TimeLox locks together with TimeLox external power up contact card.

Hardware to have the following features: a)

One TimeLox server for system (located in computer room)

b)

Cabling from all terminals using CAT 5e cable

c)

Computer with CD RW ROM and 17” (43 cm) colour VDU, Pentium 4 with a minimum speed of 500 Mhz, Windows NT and licence and associated slots

d)

Computer, and all equipment to be connected to UPS.

TimeLox automatic card encoder with 110V x 15A dedicated electrical duplex outlet to the following positions: a)

One at each front desk position

b)

One at each Fairmont Gold front desk position

c)

One at each concierge desk position

d)

One at security

e)

One at MIS

f)

One spare.

Encoders should use Ethernet cabling between front desk terminals and must be oneline to server.

REV.

a)

One management terminal for each of the following:

b)

Administration at front desk

c)

Administration at vacation ownership

MARCH 2006


217



Electronic Locking System (continued)

d)

Security desk.

Three handheld communications units (for engineering, security and one spare) a)

Necessary network switches/hubs to be placed as required to service all above locations.

System to include the following features:

REV.

a)

Must be able to upgrade from magstripe card to smartcart without changing lockset hardware

b)

Shall have a minimum of eight failsafe cards per room (in the event of power failure, property will continue to be able to check guests in)

c)

Shall have a minimum of thirty user types (or levels) and a minimum of two hundred and fifty six user groups (employee access areas) and should be able to issue up to ten thousand user cards

d)

A custom built configuration according to the property wants the electronic system to be configured

e)

Have the ability to interface or integrate with the property management system

f)

Shall have a system access to the system operations with a password and operator card protection, and user defined by

g)

property with regards to what functions can be done with what security level

h)

Keycard information encoded on track 3 of a standard American banking card

i)

Keycard encoding information must be in an encrypted form

j)

Guest cards must have a start time, end time and issue time encoded at the time the card is encoded

k)

Guest cards must be able to be encoded in advance to start at a specific date and time in the future

l)

Must be able to issue unlimited number of master keycards

m)

Shall have a device for elevator control, whereby certain hotel floors can be access by both date and time.

n)

TimeLox to supply appropriate number of bland keycards, customized with specific Hotel artwork to cover the first twelve months of operation.

MARCH 2006


218


5.1.


Services and Systems Standards Details Page ALARM / VIP / ASSISTANCE BUTTON SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM

REV.

MARCH 2006


220

219


REV.

MARCH 2006



220



6. TECHNOLOGY SERVICES – DATA CABLING SPECIFICATIONS 6.1.

Equipment Price Breakdown a)

b)

c) d)

The network cabling contractor shall provide a price breakdown, included in response to defined scope of work, for voice and data cabling, terminations, patch panels and certification as specified below. Rough in consisting of conduit, boxes and pull string to be included as specified. Conduiting to be provided by the electrical contractor. The network cabling contractor shall provide a closet-by-closet price breakdown as outlined in the example below. This will start with the main computer room, then move up to subsequent wiring closets on each of the guest floors. The network cabling contractor will supply a summarized grand total at the end of the quote. Additional items requested will be itemized in the same manner as shown below. The contractor will supply a separate summarized grad total with those numbers included. The need to amend or modify the installation specification may arise. The hotels representative prior the installation must approve any changes or amendments. Example of a price breakdown per floor data Main Computer Room

Product/Manufacturer CAT 5e plenum rated jacket horizontal wiring RJ45 Data connection in guest room 10 ft. CAT 5e patch cord for guest room 48 Port HD horizontal termination 24 Port HD horizontal termination 4 ft. CAT 5e patch cords for IDF 6 Strand 50/125 um Multi mode fiber backbone, with flex conduit to computer room. Fiber rack mount patch panel “ 6 port SC termination” SC connectors 6 ft. SC – SC fiber patch cables 4 ft Wall mount cabinet with fan. 19 inch. Rack mount surge protected power bar. “Min 6 port”

Quantity

Price

TOTAL MATERIAL LABOR TOTAL

REV.

MARCH 2006


221


6.2.


Summary of Project Overview a) b) c)

The scope of this project includes the complete supply and installation of a Cabling System for Voice, Data, Video and Control applications. This cabling system shall be based on a physical star cabling topology that is designed with a single manufactures end-to-end solution, as specified herein. The proposed cabling system must be applications-independent and network technology-neutral.

End-to-End System Requirements To ensure all performance requirements are met, a single manufacturer for each copper and optical fiber cabling shall be defined, designed, installed, tested, and warranted as an end-toend system. All components of the offered system shall be from the manufacturers product portfolio. If a single manufacturer’s components are not used, then the cabling contractor must be certified to install the various components. A structured cabling system is to be made up of a number of interdependent subsystems, including amongst others:

REV.

a)

The Work Area subsystem, where station equipment is connected to the Telecommunications Outlet/Connector or the Multi-User Telecommunications Outlet Assembly (MUTOA) with modular cords (the cords may be equipped with baluns, media filters and/or adapters, if required).

b)

The Horizontal Cabling subsystem, which may include a Consolidation Point.

c)

The Horizontal Cross-connect Telecommunications Closet.

d)

The Backbone Cabling subsystem, which provides the in-building cabling to link the Horizontal Cross-connect to the Main/Intermediate Cross-connect.

e)

The Main/Intermediate Cross-connect subsystem, which is generally located in the Equipment Room.

f)

The Campus subsystem, which provides the inter-building cabling to link the Main Cross-connect in the central campus building to the Intermediate Cross-connect(s) in the satellite building(s) on campus.

MARCH 2006


subsystem,

which

is

located

in

the

222



Figure 1 - A Structured Cabling System

Work Area HC

HC

HC

Horizontal Cabling

Telecommunications Closet

Backbone Cabling MC

Equipment room

Entrance Facilities

REV.

MARCH 2006


Access lines or to other buildings

223

Fairmont Hotels & Resorts · Design Standards 6.3


Specification Summary Computer Room Specifications All cable shall be 4-pair enhanced category 5, unshielded twisted pair cable. All cabling shall be in a metal or PVC conduit. The Computer room should have CAT5e cables run to other critical rooms as follows: - 2 CAT5e cables to the PBX room - 2 CAT5e cables to the Head End room for Pay TV Systems Guest Room Specifications All cable shall be 4-pair enhanced category 5, unshielded twisted pair cable. All cabling shall be in a metal or PVC conduit. Where conduit is not provided in existing hotels, cable shall be plenum rated where regulation require. a)

Voice Each telephone line will be run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 3.1, distance applies to Data only), as well all jacks must terminated on RJ-11 jacks and installed onto a dual jack faceplate. Voice RJ-11 jacks must be terminated with a BLACK Connector/Jack. Each room shall have (suites have special configurations): One two-line jack at the bed. One two-line jack at the desk. One single line jack in the guestroom washroom (where applicable) NOTE: For Voice only, a single cable can be run into one of the locations (Desk area preferably) and the other phone connections can be daisy chained from that location.

b)

Data

Each data line will be run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 7.1), terminated on an 8 wire, 8-position jack. Each RJ-45 Data connection will be terminated with a BLUE Data jack. Each room shall have (suites have special configurations): One data port at the desk. One port for the TV

REV.

MARCH 2006


224



Administration Specifications All cable shall be 4-pair enhanced category 5, unshielded twisted pair cable. All cabling shall be in a metal or PVC conduit. Where conduit is not provided in existing hotels, cable shall be plenum rated where regulation require. a)

Voice Each telephone line will be run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 7.1, distance applies to Data only), as well all jacks must terminated on RJ-11 jacks and installed onto a quad jack faceplate. Voice RJ-11 jacks must be terminated with a BLACK Connector/Jack. Each workstation area shall have: Two RJ-11C terminations.

b)

Data

Each data line will be run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 7.1), terminated on an 8 wire, 8-position jack. Each RJ-45 Data connection will be terminated with a BLUE Data jack. Each workstation area shall have: Two RJ-45 terminations. Meeting and Ballrooms Specifications All cable shall be 4-pair enhanced category 5, unshielded twisted pair cable. All cabling shall be in a metal or PVC conduit. Where conduit is not provided in existing hotels, cable shall be plenum rated where regulation require. Each meeting room and divisible section of meeting rooms or ballrooms shall have at least, one quad jack faceplate with two RJ-11C terminations and two RJ-45 terminations for data. Each voice and data line will be run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 7.1, distance applies to Data only). This jack shall be mounted in an appropriate A/V niche to provide maximum service to the space, usually at the front or side of the room. Voice RJ-11 jacks must be terminated with a BLACK Connector/Jack. Each divisible section of a large meeting rooms and all sections of ballrooms shall have one 6plex jack with each jack terminated as RJ-11 C for voice. In addition it shall also have at least, one quad jack faceplate with two RJ-45 terminations for data. Each voice and data line will be run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 7.1, distance applies to Data only). These jacks shall be mounted in an appropriate A/V niche to provide maximum service to the space, usually at the front or side of the room.

REV.

MARCH 2006


225



Meeting and Ballroom Specifications (continued)

Each meeting room and divisible section of meeting rooms or ballrooms shall have. Sufficient additional voice jacks in A/V niches to provide the required level of service. The pre-function space to large meeting rooms and ballrooms and main meeting room corridors of function space shall have sufficient voice and data cables to provide computer, registration and telephone service at the entrances to these rooms for groups using these facilities. Each voice and data line will be run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 7.1, distance applies to Data only). Meeting room and Ballroom convention facilities will run all voice and data lines to a specified IDF. These lines will be terminated on separate patch panel blocks, one for voice and one for data. The voice patch panel will allow connections between the end or room point of the voice connection to the patch block in the cross connect closet, both end with RJ-11 connectors. In a similar set-up there will be a block in the cross connect closet that will connect to a block in the PBX room also using RJ-11 connector panel blocks. The Data Connection will be terminated and mounted on an appropriate rack system that will allow for network equipment to be mounted as well. In open areas, gathering areas of convention space, CAT5E should be placed outside the actual meeting rooms themselves. Power should also be made available near the CAT5E connection. This will allow Technology Services to add Wireless Access points to allow wireless laptops and devices to be used for the convention.

6.4

Food & Beverage Point of Sales Cabling All cable shall be 4-pair enhanced category 5, unshielded twisted pair cable. All cabling shall be in a metal or PVC conduit. Where conduit is not provided in existing hotels, cable shall be plenum rated where regulation require. Standards and specification All Food & Beverage point of sale cables shall be 4-pair, enhanced category 5, unshielded twisted pair cable. It shall meet all of the same performance criteria as for the Local Area Network (Section 7.1). Each RJ-45 Data connection will be terminated with a BLUE Data jack. Point of Sale jack locations Restaurant, bar, service stand terminal positions: A quad jack faceplate, two RJ-11 C terminations for voice. In addition there will be two RJ-45 connections for data. Order printer locations: One simplex faceplate with an RJ-45 termination.

REV.

MARCH 2006


226



Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) All cable shall be 4-pair enhanced category 5, unshielded twisted pair cable. All cabling shall be in a metal or PVC conduit, all conduits to be sized 20% larger than minimum recommended size for number of cable runs. Where conduit is not provided, cable shall be plenum rated where regulation require. a)

Voice: All voice cables in meeting rooms, pre-function rooms and main Meeting room corridors shall terminate on a patch panel close to the meeting space or located in an A/V control room near the meeting space. This will permit the hotel to patch a variety of services to any meeting room. All guest room voice (telephone, fax, modem) wiring will terminate as practical on intermediate distribution frames supporting the voice cabling for the building. Guest room voice and modem/fax lines will run live to the telephone switch. All guest room modem wiring will terminate on a patch panel (unless otherwise specified) to be located in the PBX/PABX switch room to permit switching of ISDN to guest rooms. See later section describing the patch panel requirements. Administration and back of house voice (telephone, fax, modem) wiring will terminate as practical on intermediate distribution frames arranged to support the cabling on a given administration floor or area. It may be more practical to route such cabling direction to the telephone switch room; however, the intent is to design a cabling structure that minimizes the total amount of cable and conduit required to keep costs down while adhering to the operating requirements of the hotel. Voice riser cable or backbone cable (cable that links the intermediate distribution frames to the main distribution frame in the switch room) shall be run from each intermediate distribution frames to the main distribution frame in the telephone switch room utilizing 25,50, 100 or 200 pair bundles of category enhanced category 5 cable. If circumstances require (e.g. a large spread out resort with multiple buildings), this backbone cabling may be more efficiently run using Fiber optics (see section 7.1).

b)

Data

Guest room data wiring will terminate on an enhanced category 5 patch panel in each floor’s intermediate distribution frames (or the intermediate distribution frames serving that floor). There must be sufficient space and electricity to power data concentrators/hubs in each location. (See section 7.2 & 7.3) Administration data wiring will be routed wherever possible to the hotel computer room and terminated on an enhanced category 5 patch panel located there. If it is

REV.

MARCH 2006


227



Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) continued

more practical, or the 90 m distance limitation from wall jack to hub in computer room will be exceeded, the cabling may be routed to an mF serving those administration locations. There must be sufficient space and electricity to power data concentrators/hubs in each location where the patch panels are located. (See section 7.2 & 7.3) Data intermediate distribution frames will be linked to the hotel computer room using either Fiber optic cables. (See section 7.1 & 7.5). 6.6.

Network Equipment All network connectivity will be achieved by using Cisco 10/100 switching products. Equipment specifications and Pricing shall go through the Technology Services to utilize Fairmont Hotels & Resorts special pricing with Cisco Systems.

6.7.

Uninterruptable Power/Dedicated Power Provide uninterruptible power for all equipment in the main wiring closet (server room). This UPS is connected to the hotel generator. Sufficient battery time must be available at full load to enable the system to remain operating until the switch to generator power or be shut down gracefully. UPS power “15 amps, 110 V/60/1 “ must also provided (North American Specification; equivalent for local power in other countries) to each IDC that houses network connectivity. All Isolated ground and UPS receptacles should be identified using a different colour, e.g. orange or red.

6.8

Vendor Qualification Purchaser The General Contractor shall be referred to as the Purchaser. Manufacturer Manufacturer refers to the company that is responsible for the manufacturing of the copper and optical fiber cabling. The manufacturer is to be responsible for producing all design and installation guidelines and training required by a vendor to provide an end-to-end cabling system.

REV.

MARCH 2006


228



Manufacturer (continued)

The manufacturer, in conjunction with the vendor, is to be responsible for providing the product warranty and the lifetime application performance assurance for the cabling system. All cabling, termination hardware, and cordage shall be sourced from a single manufacturer to ensure the product quality necessary for end-to-end system performance and to obtain the product warranty and lifetime application performance assurance for the manufacturers cabling system. Vendor The bidder, including any subcontractor, shall show proven expertise in the implementation of cabling projects. This expertise can be illustrated through the inclusion of details of at least three projects involving the design and installation of enhanced Category 5 unshielded twistedpair (hereafter referred to as UTP) and optical fiber cabling systems within the past two year period. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of references for the three projects shall be included. The successful bidder shall hereafter be referred to as the Vendor. The Vendor shall accept complete responsibility for the design, installation, acceptance testing and certification of the manufactures copper optical fiber cabling system. The Vendor shall provide proof of current manufacturer certification status, and shall deliver certification of the installed manufactures cabling system to the Purchaser. Installer Either employees of the Vendor or subcontractors shall perform the installation of the manufactures copper and optical fiber cabling system. Organizations assigned as subcontractors shall be required to provide proof of manufactures authorization to install copper and optical fiber cabling. All work shall be performed and supervised by technicians and managers qualified to install and test the manufactures optical fiber cabling system in accordance with the manufacturers requirements. In the event that subcontractors are used for any portion of the installation or acceptance testing, the Vendor shall be responsible for any subsequent corrective action required on that portion.

REV.

MARCH 2006


229



Reference Standards The components and systems shall meet all the applicable requirements of the latest issue of the following specifications:

a. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 b. ANSI/TIA/EIA-569 c. ANSI/TIA/EIA-606 d. ANSI/TIA/EIA-607 e. TIA/EIA TSB67 TIA/EIA TSB72 f. TIA/EIA TSB75 g. ISO/IEC 11801 h. IEC 603-7 i. CENELEC EN50173 j. ANSI/ICEA S-90-661 k. ANSI/ICEA S-80-576 l. ANSI/ICEA S-83-596 m. ANSI/ICEA S-83-640 ANSI/EIA/TIA-492AAAA n. o. p. q. r.

ANSI/TIA/EIA-472CAAA ANSI/TIA/EIA-472DAAA ANSI/TIA/EIA-598 ANSI/TIA/EIA-455 ANSI/TIA/EIA-604

6.10. Warranties Qualification of System a)

REV.

A certification program provided by the manufacturer and the vendor will cover the installed copper and optical fiber cabling system. b) Telecommunications spaces and pathways in new buildings or in those buildings having undergone major renovations in the preceding three years should conform to the requirements per TIA/EIA-569. In cases of installations in restrictive spaces and pathways, where it is impossible to implement the aforementioned requirements, the cabling runs shall not exceed the maximum distances specified in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 and shall not in any manner diminish the performance of the manufactures copper and optical fiber cabling system. c) The installed manufactures copper and optical fiber cabling system shall conform to all applicable local building and electrical codes.

MARCH 2006


230



Certification a) b) c)

To qualify for system certification, a manufactures copper and optical fiber cabling system shall be designed, engineered, installed and tested by a manufacturer certified vendor. To qualify for system certification, the installed cabling system shall fully comply with all relevant manufacturer design guidelines, including acceptable deviations as specified in the latest release of the manufacturers certification guide. To qualify for system certification, only a single manufactures approved products shall be used to ensure end-to-end system performance. The full manufactures product warranty and lifetime performance assurance can only be provided to systems built using products supplied by the chosen manufacturer.

Lifetime Application Assurance a) b)

The manufacturers certification shall provide the assurance that all present and future applications engineered for the performance level of the cabling system used will work for the lifetime of the certified copper and optical fiber cabling system. Should the certified copper and optical fiber cabling system fail to support the application(s) designed to operate over it—whether at the time of cutover to the new cabling system, during subsequent use, or after upgrading to a newer supported application (for example, to a Fast Ethernet or an ATM network from a lower-speed network environment) the manufacturer and the vendor shall take prompt corrective action.

Product Warranty The manufacturers certification shall provide a twenty-five year product warranty for all passive components used in the installed copper and optical fiber cabling system. Defective and/or improperly installed products shall be replaced and/or correctly installed at no cost Fairmont Hotels & Resorts. 6.11.

Vendor Submittals The Vendor shall provide Fairmont Hotels & Resorts with the following: a) b) c)

REV.

A hard copy of all test results for approval and system acceptance. Manufacturers users manual, at the completion of the project. Manufacturers application guidelines (where available) for network technologies, which will operate over the manufacturers copper and optical fiber cabling system at the completion of the project.

MARCH 2006


231



Testing Requirements UTP System Testing a) b)

There are two primary field test parameters for an UTP-based end-to-end cabling system. These are continuity/wire mapping and a visual inspection, both to be performed by the vendor. Continuity/wire mapping is used to verify consistency pair-to-pin terminations at each end of a given cable. It also checks for faulty connections in the run. For each of the eight conductors in the cable, continuity/wire mapping indicates: Continuity of the channel to the remote end. Shorts between any two or more conductors. Crossed pairs. Reversed pairs. Split pairs. Any other mis-wiring.

Optical Fiber System Testing a) b)

c)

There is one primary field test parameter for an optical fiber-based end-to-end system. This is attenuation testing, to be performed by the Vendor. Since optical signal attenuation at one wavelength is independent of the attenuation at a second wavelength, the attenuation of the channel should be measured at both standard wavelengths (850 nm and 1300 nm) for backbone links. Either wavelength can be used for the testing of horizontal links. Optical fiber field-test light sources must operate within 820-880 nm and/or 12801320 nm wavelength range(s) for multimode system testing.

Additional UTP System Testing All the parameters per TIA/EIA TSB67 must be verified using a Level II accuracy field tester. TIA/EIA TSB67 defines two post-installation test configurations for UTP telecommunications cabling systems designed in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 requirements—a channel test configuration and a basic link test configuration. The required test configuration for this end-toend structured cabling system is the channel configuration as all the components and all possible sources of installation error are included in the testing.

REV.

MARCH 2006


232


7.

TECHNOLOGY SERVICES – PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

7.1.

Cabling Overview


Enhanced Category 5 UTP specifications a)

b) c) d)

The UTP-based cabling system shall have a 160 MHz channel bandwidth over a maximum distance of 100m (328 ft) and a channel power sum attenuation-tocrosstalk ratio (PSACR) of 9.6 dB @ 100 MHz using an interconnect or BIX cross connect configuration. The UTP-based cabling system shall use matched components from a single manufacturer, certified to deliver system performance over the lifetime of the applications that the cabling system was originally designed to support. All components used in the UTP-based cabling system shall be warranted for a period of 25 years from date of installation against defects in materials and workmanship. The UTP-based cabling system shall comply with the following standards: Enhanced Category 5 - TIA/EIA Addendum Category 5 - ANSI/TIA/EIA-568, TIA/EIA TSB67 Class D - CENELEC EN50173 Class D - ISO/IEC 11801

Optical Fiber Cabling System a) b) c) d)

e)

REV.

The optical fiber-based cabling system shall provide a 160 MHz-km bandwidth @ 850 nm and 500 MHz-km bandwidth @ 1300 nm using 50/125 micron 6 strand multimode optical fiber. The optical fiber-based cabling system shall use matched components from a single manufacturer, certified to deliver system performance over the lifetime of the applications that the cabling system was originally designed to support. All components used in the optical fiber-based cabling system shall be warranted for a period of 25 years from date of installation against defects in materials and workmanship. The optical fiber-based cabling system shall comply with the following standards: ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 CENELEC EN50173 ISO/IEC 11801 The optical fiber-based cabling system shall be capable of supporting the following native fiber-based applications as well as environments where native copper-based electrical signals are converted to an optical stream: Gigabit Ethernet (1000BASE-SX and LX) Fast Ethernet (100BASE-FX)

MARCH 2006


233


Horizontal Cabling

HC

a) b) c) d) e)

REV.


Horizontal Cabling

The intended use is to provide a 100 ohm UTP signalling path between the Horizontal Cross-connect in the Telecommunications Closet and the Telecommunications Outlet/Connector serving the Work Area(s). The horizontal UTP cable shall meet or exceed the enhanced Category 5 transmission characteristics per the latest issue of ANSI/TIA/EIA-568. The plenum version of the horizontal UTP cable shall be ETL or UL Listed and CSA Certified as Type CMP, in accordance with the Bi-national Standard for Communications Cable, UL 444/C22.2 No. 214-94. The non-plenum version of the horizontal UTP cable shall be ETL or UL Listed and CSA Certified as Type CMR or CM, in accordance with the Bi-national Standard for Communications Cable, UL 444/C22.2 No. 214-94. The horizontal UTP cable shall comply with Class A limits of FCC Part 15, Subpart J for computing devices for electromagnetic radiation when tested with appropriate networking protocols.

MARCH 2006


234



Cross-connect/Interconnect Systems

HC

MC

Communications Closet

Equipment Room

Data Interconnect / Rack Mount Patch Panel System a) b) c)

REV.

The intended use is to provide a centralized, rack mounted termination, identification and service assignment point for UTP horizontal, backbone and equipment cabling at the horizontal or main cross connect, using modular cord assemblies. The connection module used in the rack mount UTP cross-connect/interconnect system shall be Power Sum rated, with a Power Sum NEXT performance equal to or better than ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 Category 5 pair-to-pair NEXT performance specifications. The connection module used in the rack mount UTP cross-connect/interconnect system shall be available in both the T568A-ISDN and T568B-ALT wiring configurations.

MARCH 2006


235



Data Communications Outlets

Work Area

Legend Telecommunications Outlet/Connector Cord Assemblies

UTP Outlets

a) b) c) d) e) f)

g)

REV.

The outlet UTP connection module and its optional cover shall be available in the following colors: grey, almond, white, black, orange, red, yellow, green, blue, purple, and brown. The outlet UTP connection module shall be Power Sum rated, with a Power Sum NEXT performance equal to or better than ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 Category 5 pair-to-pair NEXT performance specifications, and shall have a PS5 marking to indicate compliance. The eight-position outlet UTP connection module shall accommodate six-position modular plug modular cords without damage to either the cord or the module. It shall be possible to inspect and/or re-terminate the UTP cable at the outlet through front access at the faceplate. The faceplate housing the outlet UTP connection modules shall have aperture plugs to cover any unused openings in the faceplate. It shall be possible to install the outlet UTP connection modules in wall mounted single and dual-gang electrical boxes, utility poles and modular furniture (cubicle) access points using manufacturer-supplied faceplates and/or adapters, equipped with front, side or angled-entry options for modular cords. The faceplate housing the outlet UTP connection modules shall be available in the following colors: grey, almond, white, and black.

MARCH 2006


236



UTP Cables

a) b) c) d) e) f)

REV.

The modular cord assembly shall meet or exceed the short link NEXT requirements of 38 dB when tested with enhanced Category 5 connecting hardware. The modular cord cable shall be 4-pair, with 24 AWG solid or stranded copper conductors. The modular cord assemblies shall be 10 feet in the guest rooms, and 4 feet for patching in the wiring closets. Modular cross over cables will be four feet in length with a yellow cable jacket. The modular cord assembly shall meet the requirements per the latest issue of ANSI/TIA/EIA-568. The modular cord assembly shall meet the requirements per the latest issue of ISO/IEC 11801.

MARCH 2006


237



Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling System

HC

Backbone Cabling MC

Backbone Cabling a) b) c)

The intended use is to provide a multimode 50/125-micron optical fiber signalling path between the Main/Intermediate Cross-connect and the Horizontal Cross-connect. The in-building backbone optical fiber cable shall be available with a minimum of six strand fibers placed in a color-coded subunit bundle with armoured strength elements. The in-building backbone optical fiber cable shall be available with multimode 50/125micron construction, with either Riser (OFNR) or Plenum (OFNP) fire rating.

Optical Fiber Rack Mount System a) b) c) d) e)

REV.

The intended use is to provide a centralized, rack-mounted termination, identification and service assignment point for optical fiber. The optical fiber cross-connect/interconnect system rack mount shall be a 12, 24 or 48fiber unit, with a double-density option to double the number of connections to 24, 48 or 96 without requiring additional rack space. The optical fiber cross-connect/interconnect system rack mount shall be equipped with either a swing out or a sliding drawer mechanism for access to fibers. The optical fiber cross-connect/interconnect system rack mount shall be capable of terminating tight buffered or loose tube optical fiber cables and all popular connector types. The optical fiber cross-connect/interconnect system rack mount shall provide for bend radius control throughout the panel as well as storage space for slack cabling.

MARCH 2006


238



Optical Fiber Interconnect Systems a) b) c)

The optical fiber field-installable connector shall be an SC format, for installation onto multimode 50/125-micron fiber. The optical fiber connectors shall have a typical Insertion Loss of 0.3 dB. The optical fiber connectors shall have a typical Reflectance of -30 dB.

Optical Fiber Patch Cables a) b)

REV.

Fiber pigtails will be 50/125 um, multimode with SC terminations at both ends. The fiber pigtails will be 0.9 meters in length.

MARCH 2006


239



SERVICES – COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

8.

TECHNOLOGY

8.1.

Room Specifications Telephone Equipment Room a)

The telephone equipment room should have an area of approximately 25 m2. Provide adjacent entrance facilities where required by local telephone service provider. Size and configuration of room to be confirmed with equipment manufacturer(s).

b)

Electrical requirements should be sufficient to supply a Northern Telecom Meridian system or Fairmont Hotels approved equivalent. Consultants to confirm with manufacturer of switching equipment to confirm actual power supply, cabling and conduit requirements prior completing design.

c)

The equipment room should be located as close as possible to main cable risers and computer room.

d)

UPS : Emergency evaporative or gel type battery back-up to be provided with system.

e)

Provide supports for equipment and HVAC as per equipment manufacturer’s requirements.

Telephone Operators’ Room

REV.

a)

Room should have an area of approximately 20m2 (based on a 300-400 rooms hotel) to accommodate two or three attendants with one supervisor. Supervisory equipment terminals (security, fire alarm etc...) must also be accommodated in this room.

b)

This room may be included with Fairmont Hotel’s Royal Service which combines other telephone-dependant guest services (room service, concierge, etc...). To be determined by FHR in final design brief.

MARCH 2006


240



Computer Room

REV.

a)

A main central computer shall be provided in the accounting offices area to house all network servers. The Systems Manager’s office should be located next to the computer room with glazed partition between.

b)

The floor finish should be anti-static VAT, ceiling w/suspended acoustic tiles.

c)

All cabling to be installed in ceiling mounted open cable trays.

d)

The room should be air conditioned with an independent unit hooked up to the emergency power supply to maintain the room at 20°C (± 3°C) and 50% RH.

e)

Ventilation and AC system to be provided with high efficiency filters.

f)

Provide temperature sensors connected to the EMS to enable low/high temperature alarm.

g)

No pipes or equipment containing liquid are to be installed above the computer room except for sprinkler pipes where they are required by local bylaws or building code.

h)

Smoke detector and fire extinguisher to be provided in computer room.

i)

Lighting to be recessed fluorescent fixtures on emergency power supply.

j)

Electrical supply to on dedicated circuits from the hotel’s main distribution panel.

k)

A minimum of 10 KVA power supply is required.

l)

UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) must be provided (10 KVA, 3 phase, 208/120 VAC with non-evaporative type battery back-up).

m)

Number of outlets varies depending on equipment provided by FHR. Generally one duplex 120 VAC, 15A outlet will be required for each Server, and one outlet for each PC, Monitor, printer, modem and network hub. A typical 400-room hotel will require approximately 16 duplex outlets in the computer room. Exact number of outlet will be confirmed with FHR prior to completing construction documents and specifications.

n)

The computer equipment shall be mounted on a shelving system; this system will allow equipment to be plugged in.

MARCH 2006


241


REV.

MARCH 2006



242


F.

APPENDICES

1.

HARDWARE

1.1.

REV.

APPENDICES

General Requirements A.

This Section includes door hardware items that are required for swing, sliding and folding doors, except special types of unique hardware specified in the same sections as the doors and door frames on which they are to be installed.

B.

This Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: a)

Hinges

b)

Pivots

c)

Spring hinges

d)

Key control systems

e)

Lock cylinders and keys

f)

Lock and latch sets

g)

Bolts

h)

Exit devices

i)

Push/pull units

j)

Closers

k)

Overhead holders

l)

Miscellaneous door control devices

m)

Door trim units

n)

Protection plates

o)

Sliding door equipment

p)

Weatherstripping for exterior doors

q)

Sound stripping for doors

r)

Automatic drop seals (door bottoms)

s)

Astragals or meeting seals on pairs of doors

t)

Thresholds

MARCH 2006


243


APPENDICES


C.

1.2.

Items not included in this section: a)

Cabinet hardware

b)

Roll-up door hardware

Submittals to Fairmont Hotels & Resorts (FHR) A.

The Contractor shall submit two bound binders containing the manufacturer’s technical product data for each item of door hardware, installation instruction, maintenance of operating parts and finish, together with other information necessary to show compliance with requirements.

B.

The Contractor shall also submit a final hardware schedule coordinated with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Based on hardware indicated, organize schedule into “hardware sets” indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the following information: a) b)

Type, style function, size, and finish of each hardware item. Name and manufacturer of each item

c)

Location of each hardware set cross referenced to indications on drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule Mounting locations for hardware Door and frame sizes and materials Keying information

Fastenings and other pertinent

d) e) f) g)

2. An initial draft of the final schedule along with essential product data in order to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical to the construction schedule shall also be submitted by the Contractor. A final schedule shall also be submitted, but only after samples, product data, coordinated with shop drawings of other work, delivery schedules, and similar information has been completed and accepted. 3. A separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the keying of locks has been scheduled shall also be submitted by the Contractor. A meeting is to be arranged between the Contactor and FHR to finalize keying requirements and obtain final instructions in writing.

REV.

MARCH 2006


244


APPENDICES

Submittals to Fairmont Hotels & Resorts (continued)

1.3.

C.

The Contractor shall submit samples of each type of exposed hardware unit in finish indicated and tagged with full description for coordination with schedule. Submit samples prior to submission of final hardware schedule.

D.

The Contractor shall furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for FHR’s continued adjustment, maintenance and removal and replacement of door hardware.

Quality Assurance A.

1.4.

Approved Manufacturers A.

REV.

Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.

Butts and Hinges: a) Hager Hinge Co. b) McKinney Product Co. c) Stanley Hardware, Div. Stanley Works

2.

Pivots: a) Rixson-Firemark, Div. Yale Security Inc. b) H.B. Ives, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group

3.

Key Control System: a) Key Control Systems, Inc. b) Telkee Inc.

4.

Cylinders and Locks: a) Corbin & Russwin Architectural Hardware b) Sargent Manufacturing Company c) Schlage Lock, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group

5.

Bolts a) Builders Brass Works Corp. b) Rockwood Manufacturing c) H.B. Ives, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group

MARCH 2006


245


APPENDICES

Approved Manufacturers (continued)

REV.

6.

Exit/Panic Devices a) Corbin & Russwin Architectural Hardware b) Precision Hardware, Inc. c) Sargent Manufacturing Company d) Von Duprin, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group

7.

Push/Pull Units: a) Baldwin Hardware Corp. b) Rockwood Manufacturing c) Don-Jo d) H.B. Ives, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group e) Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company (Trimco) f) Custom push/pull to be as selected by Owner

8.

Overhead Closers: a) Corbin & Russwin Architectural Hardware b) LCN, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group c) Norton Door Controls, Div. Yale Security Inc. d) Sargent Manufacturing Company

9.

Smoke-Activated Closers: a) Corbin & Russwin Architectural Hardware b) Norton Door Controls, Div. Yale Security Inc. c) Rixson-Firemark, Div. Yale Security Inc. d) LCN, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group

10.

Floor Closers a) Dorma Door Controls International b) Rixson-Firemark, Div. Yale Security Inc.

11.

Door Control Devices: a) Baldwin Hardware Corp. b) Builders Brass Works Corp. c) Rockwood Manufacturing d) Glynn-Johnson Corp., Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group e) H.B. Ives, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group f) Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company (Trimco)

12.

Door Trim Units: a) Baldwin Hardware Corp. b) Builders Brass Works Corp. c) H.B. Ives, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group d) Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company (Trimco)

MARCH 2006


246


APPENDICES

Approved Manufacturers (continued)

e) f)

1.5

13.

Kick, Mop, and Armor Plates: a) Baldwin Hardware Corp. b) Rockwood Manufacturing c) H.B. Ives, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group d) Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company (Trimco) e) Don-Jo

14.

Door Stripping and Seals: a) National Guard Products, Inc. b) Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc. c) Reese Enterprises, Inc. d) Zero International, Inc.

15.

Thresholds: a) National Guard Products, Inc. b) Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc. c) Reese Enterprises Inc. d) Zero International, Inc.

16.

Automatic Drop Seals: a) National Guard Products, Inc. b) Pemko Manufacturing Co. Inc. c) Reese Enterprises Inc. d) Zero International, Inc.

17.

Astragals: a) National Guard Products, Inc. b) Pemko Manufacturing Co. Inc. c) Reese Enterprises Inc. d) Zero International, Inc.

Hardware Designation A.

Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish hardware are indicated at the end of this Section. Products are identified by using hardware designation numbers of the following: 1.

REV.

Don-Jo Rockwood Manufacturing

ANSI/BHMA designations used elsewhere in this Section or in schedules to describe hardware items or to define quality or function are

MARCH 2006


247


APPENDICES

Hardware Designation (continued)

derived from the following standards. Provide products complying with these standards and requirements specified elsewhere in this Section. a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) l) m) n) o)

1.6.

1.7.

Materials and Fabrication A.

Do not use manufacturers’ products that have manufacturer’s name or trade name displayed in a visible location (omit removable name plates) except in conjunction with required fire-rated labels.

B.

Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method indicated using manufacturer’s standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness, but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units for finish designations indicated.

C.

Do not provide hardware that has been prepared for self-tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated.

D.

Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of this other work as closely as possible “prepared for paint” surfaces to receive painted finish.

Hinges, Butts, and Pivots A.

REV.

Butts and Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1 Bored and Pre-assembled Locks and Latches: ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Exit Devices: ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Door Controls – Closers: ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Auxiliary Locks and Associated Products: ANSI/BHMA A156.5 Architectural Door Trim: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 Template Hinge Dimensions: ANSI/BHMA A156.7 Door Controls – Overhead Holders: ANSI/BHMA A156.8 Interconnected Locks and Latches: ANSI/BHMA A156.12 Mortise Locks and Latches: ANSI/BHMA A156.13 Sliding and Folding Door Hardware: ANSI/BHMA A156.14 Closer Holder Release Devises: ANSI/BHMA A156.15 Auxiliary Hardware: ANSI/BHMA A156.16 Self-Closing Hinges and Pivots: ANSI/BHMA A156.17 Materials and Finishes: ANSI/BHMA A156.18.

Templates: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template-produced units.

MARCH 2006


248


APPENDICES

Hinges, Butts, and Pivots (continued)

B.

Screws: Provide Phillip flat-head screws complying with the following requirements: 1. 2.

C.

D.

3.

For fire-rated wood doors install #12 x 1-1/4”, threaded-to-the-head steel wood screws.

4.

Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots.

Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: 1.

The metal doors and frames install machine screws into drilled and tapped holes.

2.

The wood doors and frames install wood screws.

3.

For fire-rated wood doors install #12 x 1-1/4”, threaded-to-the-head steel wood screws.

4.

Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots.

Number of Hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than 1 1/2 pair per door leaf for doors 90 inches or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30 inches of additional height. 1.

1.8.

REV.

The metal doors and frames install machine screws into drilled and tapped holes. The wood doors and frames install wood screws.

Fire-Rated Doors: Not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors 86 inches of less in height with same rule for additional hinges.

Lock Cylinder and Keying A.

The Contractor shall provide a new grandmaster key system for the Project and equip all locks with manufacturer’s special 6-pin tumbler cylinder with construction master key feature that permits voiding of construction keys without cylinder removal.

B.

The Contractor shall, except as otherwise indicated, provide individual change key for each lock that is not designated to be keyed alike with a group of related locks within the approved master keying system and permanently inscribe each key with number of lock that identifies cylinder manufacturer’s key symbol, and notation, “DO NOT DUPLICATE”.

MARCH 2006


249


APPENDICES

Lock Cylinder and Keying (continued)

C.

1.9.

REV.

1.

Furnish on extra blank for each lock.

2.

Furnish ten (10) construction keys.

3.

Deliver keys to FHR resident Chief Engineer.

Key Control System A.

1.10

The Contractor shall provide keys of nickel silver only and furnish 3 change keys for each lock, 5 master keys for each master system, and 5 grandmaster keys for each grandmaster system.

The Contractor shall provide a key control system including envelopes, labels, tags with self-locking key clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent markers, and standard metal cabinets, all as recommended by system manufacturer, with capacity for 150 percent of the number of locks required for the Project. All keys to be housed within wallmounted hinged-panel type cabinet.

Locks, Latches, and Bolts A.

The Contractor shall provide the manufacturer’s standard wrought box strike for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match hardware set, unless otherwise indicated.

B.

A throw of 5/8 minimum of latch on pairs of doors. UL requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated fire openings are to be complied with.

C.

A throw of ½” minimum for other bored and pre-assembled types of locks, ¾” minimum throw of latch for mortise locks and 1” minimum throw for all dead bolts.

D.

Flush Bolt Heads: Minimum of ½” diameter rods of brass, bronze, or stainless steel with minimum 12” long rod for doors up to 7’0” in height. Longer rods as necessary for doors exceeding 7’0” in height.

E.

Except on fire-rated doors where closers are provided on doors equipped with exit devices, equip the units with keyed dogging device to keep the latch bolt retracted when engaged.

F.

Where rabbeted door stiles are indicated, provide special rabbeted front on lock and latch units and bolts.

MARCH 2006


250


Door Trim Units A.

1.12.

The Contractor shall provide continuous weatherstripping on exterior doors and smoke, light, or sound seals on interior doors where indicated or scheduled and resilient or flexible seal strip which is easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.

Thresholds A.

1.15

The Contractor shall provide only those items indicated in the project schedule. Balance of hardware to be furnished by door supplier.

Weatherstripping and Seals A.

1.14

The Contractor shall provide manufacturer’s standard exposed fasteners for door trim units consisting of either machine screws or self-tapping screws and fabricate edge trim of stainless steel to fit door thickness in standard lengths or to match height of protection plates. All protection plates not more than 2” less than door width on hinge side and not more than 1” less than door width on pull side by height indicated (Stainless steel, brass or bronze 0.050” – US 18 gauge).

Hardware for Sliding Doors A.

1.13

APPENDICES

Except as otherwise indicated, the Contractor shall provide standard metal threshold unit of type, size, and profile as shown or scheduled.

Hardware finishes A.

The Contractor shall provide finishes that matches architect’s sample and provide protective lacquer coating on all exposed hardware finishes of brass, bronze, and aluminium, except as otherwise indicated. The suffix “-NL” is used with standard finish designations to indicate “no lacquer”.

B.

The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are the industry-recognized standard commercial finishes, except as otherwise noted. For iron and steel base metal required for exterior work and in areas shown as “High Humidity” areas (and also when designed with the suffix-RR), provide 0.2-mil-thick copper coating on base metal before applying brass, bronze, nickel, or chromium-plated finishes.

REV.

MARCH 2006


251


APPENDICES

Installation A.

Hardware shall be units mounted at heights directed by the Architect. Each hardware item shall be installed in strict compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations level, plumb, and true to line and location.

1.17

Adjusting, Cleaning, and Demonstrating A.

The Contractor shall adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit and replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for the application made. 1.

REV.

Where door hardware is installed more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the installation during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment.

B.

Clean and repair adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation.

C.

Instruct FHR’s personnel in the proper adjustment and maintenance of door hardware and hardware finishes.

D.

Approximately six months after the date of Substantial Completion, the Contractor, accompanied by representatives of the manufacturers of latchsets and locksets and of door control devices, and of other major hardware suppliers, shall return to the Project to perform the following work: 1.

Examine and re-adjust each item of door hardware as necessary to restore function of doors hardware to comply with specified requirements.

2.

Consult with and instruct FHR’s personnel in recommended additions to the maintenance procedures.

3.

Replace hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials, or installation of hardware units.

4.

Prepare a written report of current and predictable problems (of substantial nature) in the performance of the hardware.

MARCH 2006


252


Hardware Schedule A.

The Contractor shall provide hardware for each door to comply with requirements as set out within these Standard’s hardware set numbers indicated in door schedule, and in the hardware schedule. 1.

1.19

APPENDICES

Hardware sets indicate quantity, item, manufacturer and product designation, size, and finish or color, as applicable.

TimeLox Locking System Requirements TimeLox are to provide a project specific package, inclusive of all items below unless otherwise stated, for approval by Fairmont Hotels & Resorts Corporate Office San Francisco before a contract to supply and install can be executed. 1.

Software Requirements to be Windows NT based software One (1) TimeLox Modem Package for on line diagnostic and support One (1) TimeLox 2300 Windows software package and user license One (1) Handheld Communications Unit, used to program and interrogate TimeLox locks. Should also include TimeLox external power up contact card.

2.

Hardware Requirements One (1) Timelox server for system to be located in the computer room Contractor to provide cabling from all terminal and encoders to server computer using CAT5e cable Computer requires one (1) dedicated 110V 15 amp AC power duplex outlet All equipment to be connected to the uninterrupted power supply (UPS) Computer to have the following requirements:

Flat colour monitor

REV.

•

CD ROM

•

Latest Pentium CPU

•

100 Base T nic

•

One (1) current standard internal hard drive with a minimum of 3.2 gb

•

Two (2) serial ports and one (1) parallel port

MARCH 2006


253


APPENDICES

TimeLox/ Hardware Requirements (continued)

•

Two (2) internal slots for interface cards

•

Windows NT Client Operating System, including license

TimeLox “Automatice Card Encoder” with 110 V, including communication port. •

One (1) encoder for each check-in position at the front desk and vacation ownership

•

One (1) encoder for concierge

•

One (1) encoder for remote check-in

•

One (1) encoder for security

•

One (1) encoder for spare

•

One (1) encoder for MIS

•

One (1) encoder for engineering

•

One (1) encoder for club reception floor

Encoders should use ethernet cabling between front desk terminals and must be one-line to the server. One (1) management terminal for each of the following: administration near hotel front desk, administration near vacation ownership front desk and security office. Three (3) Handheld Communications Units (one for engineering, security and for spare). Network hubs to be placed as required to service all above locations. 3.

System Features Windows based, and having the ability to be interfaced or integrated with “Fidelio Opera” Property Management System. Fidelio side of interface to be provided by Fairmont Hotels & Resorts. System to have the ability to upgrade from magstripe card to smartcard without Changing lock hardware.

REV.

MARCH 2006


254


APPENDICES

TimeLox/System Features (continued)

System should have a minimum of eight (8) failsafe cards per room (in the event of power failure, property will continue to be able to check guests in). System should have a minimum of thirty (30) user types (or levels) and a minimum of two hundred and fifty-sic (256) User Groups (employee access areas) and should be able to issue up to ten thousand (10,000) user cards. System should have a custom built configuration according to the way the property wants the electronic key system to be configured. System access to the system operations must be by password and operator card protected, and user defined by the property with regards to what functions can be done with what security level. Keycard information encoded on track 3 of a standard American banking card. All keycard encoding information must be in an encrypted form. System must have a minimum of eight (8) time zones, for employee and guest access. Guest cards must have a start time, end time and issue time encoded at the time the card is encoded. Issue time is for pre-registered cards. Cards can be made in advance to start at a specific date and time in the future. System to have a built-in Help program. Pool doors, health club, etc., should be able to be controlled by time. System should be able to issue an unlimited number of master keycards. System should have a device for elevator control, whereby hotel floor access can be limited by time of day of week. 4.

Supplies TimeLox to supply appropriate number of blank keycards, customized with Hotel desired artwork to cover the first twelve (12) months of operation.

REV.

MARCH 2006


255


APPENDICES

Warranty TimeLox to supply twelve (12) month warranty covering all equipment from date of installation.

6.

Training On-site training in use of system to all necessary staff as well as Chief Engineer and Systems manager. Provide four (4) bound copies of operational manuals.

7.

Back of House Requirements a)

Guest Floor Back of House Doors The following doors shall be connected to the back of house side of the system: • • •

Maids’ closets Pantries Presidents Club Lounge

Each door shall be equipped with: One (1) standard mortise TimeLox 9050 with standard handle with matching cap. b)

Elevators Provide one (1) flush mounted cardreader in each guest elevator cab, mounted in the cab control panel, with finish specified by the interior designer.

c)

Back-of-House Doors The following high security area doors will be connected to the TimeLox system using TimeLox 2300 mortise with standard handle and keypad. • • •

REV.

General food and beverage entrance Wine and Liquor storage China/Glass/Silver storage

MARCH 2006


256


2.

2.1.

2.2.

2.3

REV.

APPENDICES

TYPICAL HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS (PER DOOR) BY LOCATION

Guestroom Entry Door: a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 700 4 ½ “ x 4 ½” (2 pr at Presidential Suite)

US10B

b)

Entry

TimeLox complete with selected handles

US10B

c)

Closer (LC)

2031 BUMP

US10B

d)

Guard (RO)

604 with 605 edge guard

US10B

e)

Viewer (RO)

622 mounted at 5’0” (1.5m) AFFL Additional viewer at 4’0” (1.2 m) AFFL in handicap rooms

US10B

f)

Stop-wall (RO)

404

g)

Sound seal (DH)

Cush n’ Seal

h)

Automatic door bottom (PE)

434 ARL x 36”

White

Guestroom Sliding Balcony Door: a)

Hardware by aluminium glass door manufacturer, including lockset

b)

Doors to gardens, etc., to have security chain or similar security device.

Guestroom Balcony French Door (Pair): a)

Hinges (HA)

1/2 pr 700 BB 1360 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US10B

b)

Flush bolts (RO)

1 pr 555

US10B

c)

Dust Proof Strike (RO)

570

US10B

d)

Lockset (AD)

ME 1850 A

313

e)

Closer (LC)

1 2033 BUMP

US10B

f)

Threshold (PE)

2055 BV x 72”

g)

Mortise Latchset (HB)

5302 x CA Knob or AU Lever

MARCH 2006


US10B

257


APPENDICES

Guestroom Balcony French Door (continued)

2.4

2.5.

2.6.

REV.

h)

Decorative pull

to be selected

US10B

i)

Sound seal (DH)

Cush n’ Seal

White

j)

Automatic door button (PE)

434 ARL x door width

Guestroom Bathroom Door: a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US15B

b)

Full dummy trim (HL)

160 x 53 x HL71

US15B

c)

Roller latch (TR)

1554

626

d)

Strike (TR)

1559B

626

e)

Dome stop (RO)

441

US26D

Guestroom Water Closet Door: a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US15

b)

Privacy lock (HL)

102 x 53 x HL 71

US15

c)

Dome stop (RO)

441

US26D

Guestroom Connecting Door: a)

Hinges (HA)

AB 700 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US15

b)

Passage (one sided) (HL)

100UL x 53 x HL71

US15

c)

Deadlock (one sided) (HL)

391

US15

d)

Dome stop (RO)

441

US26D

e)

Sound seal (DH)

Cush n’ Seal

White

f)

Auto door bottom (PE)

434 ARL x 36”

MARCH 2006


258


2.8.

2.9.

2.10

REV.

APPENDICES

Guestroom Closet Door (Single): a) Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US15

b)

Passage set (HL)

101 x 53 x HL71

US15

c)

Dome stop (RO)

441

US26D

Guestroom Closet Doors (Pair): a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US15

b)

Full dummy trim (HL)

166 x 53 x HL71

US15

c)

Roller catch (TR)

1554

626

d)

Strike (TR)

1559B

626

e)

Dome stop (RO)

441

US26D

Gold Wing Guestroom Corridor Entry Doors (Pair): a)

Hinges (HA)

2 pr AB800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US10B

b)

Power transfer (VO)

EPT 2

SP313

c)

Exit device (SA)

WD 8674 F ETY

US10B

d)

Exit device (SA)

WD 8610 F ETY-DT

US10B

e)

Mortise cylinder (HL)

as required

US10B

f)

Closer (LC)

2031 STD

US10B

g)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US10B

h)

Door silencer (RO)

608

i)

Power supply (SA)

3550

j)

Card reader lockset

TimeLox complete with selected handles

US10B

Gold Lounge Entry Doors (Pair): a)

Sliding door lock (BA)

8595 102

US10B

b)


as required

US10B

c)

Dummy trim (BA)

8571 150

US15

d)

Edge pull (IV)

230 B

US10B

*

Balance of hardware by door manufacturer

MARCH 2006


259


2.12

2.13

2.14

REV.

APPENDICES

Maids’ Closet, Pantry, Computer Room and Secured Storage Room Doors: a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½ “ x 4 ½”

US10B

b)

Card reader lockset

TimeLox Complete with selected handles

US10B

c)

Closer (NO)

7500 BF

689

d)

Kickplate (KP)

.050 8” x 34”

630

e)

Wall bumper

409

US32D

f)

Door silencer (RO)

608

Janitors’ Closet Doors: a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 700 4 ½ “ x 4 ½”

US10A

b)

Storeroom lock (HL)

607 x 53 x HL71

c)

Closer (NO)

7500 BF

689

d)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US10B

f)

Door silencer (RO)

608

Guestrooms’ Ice Machine Room Door: a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 700 4 ½ “ x 4 ½”

US10A

b)

Passage Set (HL)

601 x 53 x HL71

c)

Closer (NO)

7500 BF Plated M/cover 613 Plated cover x 613 Plated Soffit

690

d)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US10B

e)

Door silencer (RO)

608

Hotel Main Entry Doors (Pair): a)

Hinges (HA)

2 pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US32D

b)

Flush bolts (RO)

555

US26D

c)

Door pull (RO)

105 x 70C CC

US32D

d)

Push plate (RO)

70 C 4 x 16 CC

US32D

e)

Mortise deadlock (HC)

SGL cylinder

US26D

MARCH 2006


260


APPENDICES

Hotel Main Entry Doors (Pair) (continued)

2.15

2.16

2.17

REV.

f)

Closer (NO)

7500 BF

689

g)

Kick plate (KP)

.050 8” x 34”

630

h)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US32D

i)

Door silencer (RO)

608

Guest Safety Deposit Box Door: a)

Hinges (HA)

2 pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US10B

b)

Storeroom lock (HL)

607 x 53 x HL71

c)

Closer (LC)

2031 BUMP

d)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

e)

Door silencer (RO)

608

f)

Electric strike (HN)

1003 24D 613 KM 613 2005

g)

Transformer (HN)

2002 – 24

i)

Push button (SA)

4241

*

Door normally closed and secured. Access by electric strike at all times by push button at front desk.

US10B

Public Washroom Entry Door: a)

Hinges (HA)

2 pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

b)

Passage set (HL)

601 x 53 x HL71

c)

Closer (LC)

5031 REG

d)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

e)

Door silencer (RO)

608

US10B US10B

Public Washroom Stall Door: a)

Spring Hinge (HN)

1 pr 1250 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US10A

b)

Hinge (HA)

½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US10B

c)

Passage set (HL)

101 x 53 x HL71

d)

Indicator deadlock (FL)

D871

MARCH 2006


613

261


APPENDICES

Public Washroom Stall Door (continued)

2.18

2.20

REV.

e)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US10B

f)

Coat hook (VA)

Interior Designer to select

US10B

g)

Door silencer (RO)

608

Ballroom and Meeting Room Entry Doors – (Pair with standard exiting devices): a)

Floor closers (DM)

BTS 80 EMB/F

613E

b)

Pivots (DM)

75233

613

c)

Power transfer (VO)

EPT2

SP313

d)

Exit devices (SA)

12 56 WD 8610 F113 less pull

US10B

e)

Mortise cylinder

as required

f)

Decorative pulls

Interior designer to select

g)

Sound seal (DH)

Cush n’ seal

h)

Power supply (SA)

3530

i)

Key switch (SA)

4374

*

Doors normally closed and secured. Access by key at all times. Egress free at all times. When power is turned on by key switch, doors may be held in open position by floor closer. Power on by second key switch holds exit device latches retracted, allowing doors to be “push/pull”. Fire alarm condition cuts power allowing doors to close and latch.

White

Ballroom and Meeting Room Service Doors (Pair): a)

Floor closer (DM)

BTS 80 EMB/F

613E

b)

Pivot (DM)

75233

613E

c)

Power transfer (VO)

EPT 2

SP313

d)

Exit device (SA)

12 56 8810 G

US10B

e)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US10B

f)

Sound seal (DH)

Cush n’ Seal

White

g)

Power supply (SA)

3530

h)

Key switch (SA)

4370

MARCH 2006


262


APPENDICES

Ballroom and Meeting Room Service Doors (Pair) (continued)

*

2.21

2.22

2.23

REV.

Door normally closed and secured. Access by key at all times. Egress free at all times. When power is turned on by key switch, doors may be held in open position by floor closer. Power on by second key snitch holds exit device latches retracted, allowing doors to by “push/pull”. Fire alarm condition cuts power allowing doors to close and latch.

Security Office (Dutch) Door: a)

Hinges (HA)

2 pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US32D

b)

Card reader lockset

TimeLox with selected handles

c)

Flush boldt (RO)

640

US26D

d)

Closer (NO)

7500 H

689

e)

Kick plate (KP)

.050 8” x 34”

630

f)

Wall bumper (RO)

509

US32D

g)

Door silencers

608

*

Meeting rail to be rabbeted by door manufacturer.

Head Cashier’s Office Door: a)

Hinges (HA)

2 pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US32D

b)

Card reader lockset

TimeLox with selected handles

US26D

c)

Flush bolt (RO)

640

US26D

d)

Overhead holder (AB)

4014

US26D

e)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US32D

f)

Door silencer (RO)

608

Back-of-House Office Doors: a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US32D

b)

Office Lock (HL)

604 x 51 x HL59

US26D

c)

Closer (NO)

7500 BF

689

d)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US32D

e)

Door silencer (RO)

608

MARCH 2006


263


Housekeeping Office (Dutch) Door:

2.25

REV.

a)

Hinges (HA)

2 pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US32D

b)

Office lock (HL)

604 x 51 x HL59

US26D

c)

UL Deadlatch (HL)

399 2-3\4” BS

US26D

d)

Closer (NO)

7500 BF

689

e)

Kick plate (KP)

.050 8” x 34”

630

f)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US32D

g)

Magnetic holder (AB)

2210 12 VA/DC, 24 VAC/DC 52

h)

Door silencer (RO)

608

*

Door normally closed and secured. Upper leaf may be held open by wall magnet. Fire alarm condition releases the magnet allowing upper leaf to close and latch. Astragal at meeting rail assures top and bottom leafs close.

Staff Main Entry Door:

* 2.26

APPENDICES

a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½” NRP

US32D

b)

Power transfer (Vo)

EPT2

SP2B

c)

Exit device (SA)

12 8876 F ETL

US32D

d)


As required

e)

Closer (NO)

7500 BF

689

f)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US32D

g)

Power supply (SA)

3530

h)

Push button (SA)

4241

US32D

Door normally closed and secured. Push button in security office releases trim on exit device allowing access. Egress free at all times. Staff Change Room Entry Door: a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US32D

b)

Passage set (HL)

601 x 51 x HL59

US26D

c)

Closer (NO)

7500 BF

689

d)

Kick plate (KP)

.050 8” x 34”

630

e)

Mop plate (KP)

.050 4” x 34”

630

f)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US32D

g)

Door silencer (RO)

608

MARCH 2006


264


2.28

2.29

REV.

APPENDICES

Kitchen Entry (off Service corridor) Doors: a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 850 5” x 4 ½”

US32D

b)

Office lock (HL)

604 x 51 x HL59

US26D

c)

Closer (NO)

7500 BF

689

d)

Kick plate (KP)

.050 8” x 46”

630

e)

Mop plate (KP)

.050 4” x 46”

630

f)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US32D

g)

Door silencers (RO)

608

h)

Trim protector bar (RO)

R115LPS

US32D

Flower Shop Door: a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US32D

b)

Storeroom lock (HL)

607 x 51 x HL59

US26D

c)

Closer (NO)

7500 BF

689

d)

Kick plates

.050 8” x 34”

630

e)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US32D

f)

Droor silencer (RO)

608

g)

Trim protector bar (RO)

R115LPB

US32D

Health Club and Spa Treatment Entry Door: a)

Hinges (HA)

2 pr AB 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US10B

b)

Lockset (AD)

MS 1850A

313

c)

Mortise cylinder

as required

d)

Mortise T- turn

as required

e)

Decorative pull

Interior designer to select

f)

Closer (LC)

2033 BUMP

g)

Threshold (PE)

2005 BV x 36

MARCH 2006


US10B

265


2.30

2.31

REV.

APPENDICES

Maintenance Entry Doors (Pair): a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 850 5” x 4 ½”

US32D

b)

Flush bolts (RO)

555

US26D

c)

Door pull (RO)

105 x 70C CC

US32D

d)

Push plates (RO)

70C 4 x 16 CC

US32D

e)

Mortise deadlock (HL)

SGL cylinder

US26D

f)

Closer (NO)

7500 BF

689

g)

Kick plate (KP)

.050 8” x 34”

630

h)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US32D

i)

Door silencer (RO)

608

Mechanical and Electrical Entry Doors (Pair): a)

Hinges (HA)

1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½”

US32D

b)

Flush bolt (RO)

555

US26D

c)

Dust proof strike (RO)

570

US26D

d)

Storeroom rack (HL)

607 x 51 x HL59

US26D

e)

Closer (NO)

7500 BF (active leaf only)

689

f)

Kick plates (KP)

.050 8” x 34”

630

g)

Wall bumper (RO)

409

US32D

h)

Door silencer (RO)

608

MARCH 2006


266


3.

APPENDICES

MECHANICAL QUESTIONNAIRE

YES

NO

DESIGN CRITERIA Does the design criteria meet FHR’s Standards, ASHRAE 62-1989 and ASHRAE 55-1992? Do the outdoor design dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures meet or exceed the greater of the ASHRAE fundamentals handbook or local climactic data? Have all public spaces been based on ASHRAE 62-1989 and ASHRAE 55-1992 occupancy rates for load calculation purposes? (The furniture layout shall not be used to establish occupancy as it may change). Have all areas except mechanical plant rooms been air-conditioned? Are the lighting and equipment loads consistent with the interior designer/lighting consultant drawings? Does the suite occupancy rate for the living/dining areas reflect those listed in FHR Standards, i.e. Special suite living/dining, two-bedroom suite living/dining, and one bedroom suite living/dining? Does the noise criteria meet FHR Standards? Have meeting rooms greater than 650 ft2 been treated as a place of assembly (as indicated in ASHRAE 62-1989 and summarized in Appendix “A”) in lieu of standard meeting rooms? MAIN SYSTEMS Air Handling Systems/Air Conditioning Systems General Are air handling units located relatively close to the areas they serve? Is the air handing unit casing construction not less than No. 18 gauge hot rolled sheet steel? Have return fans been provided to allow for free cooling and appropriate pressurization? Are the air-handling units equipped with economizers, so that free cooling may be utilized? (Providing the local climate warrants). Have silencers been provided for supply and return ductwork to all air handling units? When the ceiling is used as a return air plenum, have the return ductwork been extended to within 150 ft of the furthest return air grille? Have stack effect issues in high-rise projects been addressed appropriately? Have mechanical devices such as VAV boxes, drainage cleanouts and isolation valves been provided with access, which have been carefully coordinated with the interior designer? Has adequate maintenance access been provided for air handling unit servicing?

REV.

MARCH 2006

©2002 Fairmont Hotels & Resorts. All Rights Reserved

267


APPENDICES

YES

NO

In humid climates, has dehumidification been provided? Have the cooling load calculations been performed for each room? Are adequate and reasonable air quantities provided? Does each air-handling unit have high efficiency filters and prefilters? Public Space Do the ballroom, prefunction and banquet rooms each have independent systems? Has zoning to suit moveable partitions been provided? Do the ballroom, prefunction or banquet room areas have dedicated zones? Does each restaurant have a dedicated constant volume system? Are there any private dining areas within the restaurant? If yes, have measures been provided for independent temperature control? Does the lobby have a dedicated VAV system? In cold climates, has the main entrance vestibule been provided with heating? Does the bar have its own zone controls? Are administration offices provided with a VAV system? Has a VAV system been provided for each meeting room? Does the health club and spa have a dedicated VAV system? Has special attention been given to health club and exercise equipment loads and carefully reviewed with the interior designer? (see Appendix C, for preliminary lighting and power load estimates) Has individual temperature control been provided for areas, which may have a varying usage profile or exposure? Does the location of thermostats suit the interior designer and furniture layouts? Have all the public washrooms been provided with air conditioning in addition to exhaust? Has an exhaust grille been provided for each full-height toilet stall in the public washrooms? Has the indoor swimming pool been provided with a dedicated system complete with dehumidification? Is the indoor swimming pool ductwork constructed of aluminum? Has a cut sheet of the thermostat and/or sensor cover been reviewed by FHR and the interior designer? And approved by them? Has the Interior Designer signed off on thermostat locations for public spaces? Have linear diffusers in public space areas been coordinated with the interior designer? Back-of-House

Have individual temperature controls been provided for areas which may have varying usage profiles or exposures? Does the banquet kitchen have a dedicated make-up air system? Do the kitchen exhaust hoods have dedicated make-up air system? Do the back-of-house areas have dedicated VAV systems? REV.

MARCH 2006


268


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Has spot cooling been provided for hot spot areas i.e. laundry area, chef’s office and valet? Does the computer room have an independent air conditioning unit? Is the computer room unit on emergency power? Has a dedicated/independent air conditioning unit on emergency power been provided for the PABX room? Is the garbage room refrigerated? Is the bakery chocolate room refrigerated? Has the grease room been provided with a separate exhaust system? Is a paint booth required? Hot Water Plant What is the redundancy factor for the hot water boilers? When sizing the boilers, has only a partial credit been taken for all air-toair heat reclaim systems (if applicable)? Have the internal gains from lighting, power and people used to reduce the size of the boiler plant? (They should not be). Is there one hot water pump for each boiler? Is primary/secondary pumping being utilized? Have energy-conserving features such as variable speed pumping been utilized? Refrigeration Plant What are the chiller redundancy factors? Does each chiller have a condenser water pump? Is the location of the source of condenser water, i.e. cooling tower, dry coolers etc. located so that the noise generated by this equipment will not be objectionable to the occupants of the hotel? Is the refrigerant environmentally friendly, i.e. is R-134a or R-123 being used? Has hydronic winter free cooling, utilizing a winterized cooling tower, been provided to avoid operating the chiller during the winter months? (Note that this applies to climates with cooler winters). Have refrigerant leak detectors and a leak evacuation/exhaust system been provided for in the chiller room? Have dedicated pumping systems been provided for all hotel suite fan coil units, air handling units, or any equipment which requires year-round cooling? Is chilled water available for year-round cooling? Has the capacity of the plant been confirmed, i.e. have block load calculations been performed and reviewed? Have energy-conserving features such as variable speed pumping been utilized? Has chilled or condenser water been provided for the ice machines on the guest floor? REV.

MARCH 2006


269


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Plumbing Does the domestic hot water load for the suites reflect the following: 10 gal. - storage per bedroom 15 gal. - recovery rate per bedroom Has additional domestic hot water tanks been provided for the Laundry, Kitchen, Suites and Public space areas respectively? Do the temperatures for domestic hot water correspond to the following: 120 F - for bedrooms, public areas 140 F - for kitchens 160 F - for laundry Has cold water storage been provided where the water source is unreliable or required by local authorities? Has adequate water softening been provided? Has adequate water treatment been provided as required by world health organization standards? Has the domestic hot water system been provided with a recirculation system to maintain temperature throughout the system during low usage periods? Have dedicated isolation valves for DHW and DCW been provided within each hotel suite for the respective suite? Do the types of plumbing fixtures conform to the FHR Standards? Have lavatories and water closets been provided as indicated in FHR’s Standards? Have steeping bathtubs been provided in each of the guestrooms? Have showerheads been provided with a minimum flow rate of 5 USGPM? Have pressure balancing mixing valves been provided for showers? Is the water pressure provided in each hotel suite as required by the showerhead manufacturer? Have DCW and drainage piping been provided for ice machines? Has the can wash equipment been specified? Is the drainage piping for the hotel guestrooms cast iron? Has at least one drain been provided for each public or back-of-house washroom area? Has the maintenance work shop and the paint shop areas each been provided with a sink? Has the loading dock and porte cochere been provided with a hose bibb to serve a power spray wash? Hotel Guestrooms Are the fan coil units serving the guest suites capable of three-speed operation and temperature control as per FHR’s Standards? Are the fan coil unit sizes for guest suites based on medium speed, with NC levels of 35 for daytime operation, and low speed, with NC levels of 30 for nighttime operation? (High speed must be provided for quick cool down) REV.

MARCH 2006


270


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Is the sizing of the hotel suite fan coil units in accordance with FHR’s Standards? Has a return air grille complete with filter been provided for each hotel fan coil unit? Has acoustic lining been provided on the discharge ductwork of all hotel fan coil units? Has a reverse return piping arrangement for the hotel suite fan coil units for chilled and hot water distribution been provided? (This will reduce noise at automatic control valves particularly in high-rise buildings). Have access doors been provided for all fan coil units located within the hotel guestrooms and coordinated with the interior designer? Do the fan coil units for the hotel guestrooms meet FHR’s Standards, in terms of control and construction? Have the access doors for isolation valves been carefully coordinated with the interior designer to ensure the access is not visible, i.e. behind wall picture or under counter? Have dedicated isolation valves for heating water supply and return and chilled water supply and return been provided within each suite for each respective FCU? Are the hotel guestroom floors maintained under positive pressure relative to the suites? Are the guestrooms maintained under a positive pressure relative to the outdoors? Is the quantity of exhaust air in the guestroom bedroom equal to or larger than 70 CFM? Do each of the guestrooms have a minimum of two (2) exhaust grilles (one exhaust grille for the shower and one for the water closet)? Have all pantries been provided with sinks and kitchen appliances with appropriate exhaust? Is the make-up air supplying both the hotel guestroom and the corridor? If yes, are reheat coils and smoke dampers provided on the main branch ductwork so that the appropriate temperature and humidity can be maintained? Is the make-up air supplying the guestrooms and corridors dehumidified? Has the make-up air to the hotel guestrooms been provided to the ceiling space vestibule? Is the air quantity serving the corridor capable of handling the loads in the corridor? In cold climate conditions, have washrooms located on exterior walls or windows been provided with heating? Is the location of the double adjustable supply air diffuser within the hotel guestrooms been located such that the supply air stream is away from the bed?

REV.

MARCH 2006


271


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Fire Protection Are the sprinkler heads for public spaces the concealed type? Have hose bibs been provided in all washrooms (typically located beneath the counter out of sight)? Have sprinklers been installed throughout the building? Has the building been provided with a stand pipe system? For fire protection, are FHR standards and National Fire Protection Agency North American code being followed? Has fire protection water storage, which is non-depletable from the DCW system, been provided if the region has an unreliable water source or is required by the local authorities? Laundry Area Are steam boilers being provided to serve the laundry area? Are the steam boilers serving the laundry sized for 100% stand-by? Do the steam pressures suit the pressures given for the laundry equipment (multiple pressures are required for different equipment)? Are barometric dampers utilized for laundry exhaust? If not, how is partial load operation being handled? Has a dedicated make-up air system been provided for the laundry area? Is the laundry make-up air system complete with cooling in order to maintain design conditions? Have the dryers been provided with lint filters prior to connecting to the laundry exhaust system? (Lint filters should be located as close to the source of lint as possible). Has compressed air been provided for the laundry equipment? Does the laundry exhaust terminate upblast at high levels, away from the air intakes? Has the laundry been provided with a trench drain complete with a lint screen? Has the type of ductwork provided for the laundry in accordance with FHR’s Standards? Kitchen Are all kitchen areas maintained under a negative pressure (to ensure there is no odor migration to other areas)? Does the kitchen have an independent, water-cooled refrigeration system for all refrigerators, freezers and cold rooms? Has a separate exhaust system been provided for the dishwasher? Has the type of ductwork provided for the kitchen in accordance with FHR’s Standards? Does kitchen exhaust terminate at high level away from intakes in lieu of ecology units? (Requires ductwork extending up through the building). Are grease traps provided for kitchens as required with floor access in an appropriate location for ease of maintenance? REV.

MARCH 2006


272


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Is the kitchen make-up air system complete with cooling in order to maintain design conditions? Miscellaneous Has electric tracing been provided on pipe work in areas where there is no heating and has the potential of freezing? Have the steam rooms within the fitness center been provided with dedicated stand-alone steam generators? Do the pipes and ducts have insulation? Has a building management system utilizing DDC complete with computer graphic workstation been provided? (Workstations to be located in the assistant chief engineer’s office). Has an outlet, connected to the building management system, been provided within the maintenance workshop for access to the service and maintenance computer program? Has a modem for offsite connection been provided to DDC? Are spare parts adequately specified? If a parking area exists below grade, has mechanical ventilation been provided? If a parking area exists, are the exhaust fans controlled by CO/Nox detectors? Has mechanical ventilation been provided to the golf club parking areas (if covered)?

REV.

MARCH 2006


273


APPENDICES

TYPICAL OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS & LIGHTING/EQUIPMENT LOAD ESTIMATES Areas Serviced Recommended Load Occupancy Lighting/Equipment Notes Range Bedrooms 2P 1250 w Refer to (A) Restaurant 1P/15 ft2 45-65 w/10 ft2 Banquet Hall 1 P/9 ft2 108-135 w/10 ft2 2 Bar 1 P/11 ft 30-55 w/10 ft2 Meeting Rooms < 700 ft2 1 P/22 ft2 55-75 w/10 ft2 2 2 Meeting Rooms > 700 ft 1 P/11 ft Shops 1 P/55 ft2 30-55 w/10 ft2 Offices 1 P/110 ft2 30-55 w/10 ft2 Refer to (B) 2 2 Lobby 1 P/38 ft 55-65 w/10 ft Reception Hall 1 P/18 ft2 55-65 w/10 ft2 Spa/Fitness Center 1 P/55 ft2 30-55 w/10 ft2 Refer to (C) Computer Center Review with FHR Autocom Review with FHR 2 2 Personal Dining Room 1 P/15 ft 30-55 w/10 ft Note: A)

The following occupancy rates should be followed for the areas listed below: • Presidential Suites living/dining area: 15 - 20 ft2 per person • Two bedroom suite living/dining area: 15 - 20 ft2 per person • One bedroom suite living/dining area: 4 persons The preliminary lighting and power load estimate used in corridor areas typically range between 35 – 45 w/10 ft2.

B)

The lighting and power loads in office areas typically range between 30-55 w/10 ft2 for lighting with electronic ballasts and 55-75 w/10 ft2 for lighting with standard ballasts.

C)

The cooling load for Fitness Center exercise rooms should be calculated based on a fully occupied room with guests doing a vigorous workout. The Spa and Fitness Center lighting and power loads should range between 30-55 w/10 ft2. However, for the exercise rooms located within the Fitness Center, lighting and power loads typically range between 100-160 w/10 ft2. This is primarily due to the heat generated from the number of exercise machines located in these rooms.

D)

The activity level for each person is a function of the usage for the specific area served. A substantially greater quantity of heat is dissipated in activities like dancing or exercising as opposed to sedentary type of activities. ASHRAE Standard 55-1992 should be followed.

REV.

MARCH 2006


274


4.

APPENDICES

ELECTRICAL QUESTIONNAIRE

YES

NO

DESIGN CRITERIA AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Will the power distribution design follow North American Standards Will the design of the fire alarm system be based on North American NFPA Standards? Are illumination levels based on FHR’s Standards? SYSTEMS Dimming System Has an electronic, solid state dimming system been specified for the control of all public and circulation areas? Confirm the following controls: • Pre-sets in main lobby, restaurants, dining rooms and entertainment rooms? • Local controls in “control niches” with capability of “combining rooms” in meeting rooms and ballrooms? • Two-way cleaning switch in ballrooms and meeting rooms? Has emergency lighting been integrated with the dimming system? Have dimming schedules complete with lighting control zones been prepared? Is there an interconnection to the dimming system to raise levels of dimmed controls if a fire alarm signal is activated? Background Music and Local Sound Reinforcement Confirm the following arrangement of background music systems: • Main background music rack with 2 x 10 CD player for circulation spaces such as: - lobby - public corridors - public washrooms - spa/fitness center/pool - staff dining • Does each area served by the main sound rack have individual volume controls? Have local sound reinforcement systems with interconnection back to main (circulation area) rack been provided for: • Each restaurant, lounge or bar (10 CD player)? • Each meeting room (no CD player)? • Each ballroom (2 x 5 CD player)? Are there provisions for “combining” sound systems for interconnected meeting rooms and ballrooms? Is there a portable, wireless, integrated lighting and volume control for each ballroom for lectern or tabletop use? REV.

MARCH 2006


275


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Have audio inputs and microphone jacks been provided in baseboard “AV” units in meeting rooms, ballrooms and prefunction areas? Are there residential sound systems for the Two-Bedroom and Presidential Suites? Confirm that residential built-in individual stereos are to be provided in FF&E. Is there an interconnection to the sound systems to override the music if a fire alarm signal is initiated? Fire Alarm System Has a two-stage fire alarm system with emergency voice communication provisions been provided? Is the fire alarm system sequence of operation based on the “floor above/alarm floor/floor below” evacuation with an alert signal elsewhere? Confirm that the system automatically goes into evacuation mode if not responded to within a predetermined period of time? Confirm that fire alarm system smoke detectors have been provided throughout the hotel (i.e. everywhere except where false alarms are possible such as laundry, kitchen, etc.). Is the fire alarm system based on analog addressable devices or hardwired type? (Analog addressable is preferred). Confirm that guestroom smoke detectors have local audible alarm only with central annunciation. Smoke detector to be identified at central panel. Is there remote fire alarm annunciation in the telephone operator’s room and main security office? Where is location of main annunciator? If background music speakers are used for life safety, then ensure that cabling is suitable for a fire alarm system. In a high rise building, have the following smoke control provisions been provided: • Individual fan control switches at main fire alarm control location? • Automatic start of pressurization fans and smoke exhaust fans? • Smoke control and smoke venting fans fed from emergency power? Have fire fighter’s handsets been provided or are they not recognized or used by the local Fire Department? Are special requirements necessary for the physically challenged? Structured Cabling System for Voice and Data Communication Systems Has a structured cabling system been provided based on Category 5E cabling for voice and data? Confirm that the basic distribution is a “star” originating from the computer room for data and telephone equipment room for voice.

REV.

MARCH 2006


276


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Have “Intermediate Distribution Frames” (IDF’s) been provided in the following location: • Administration • Ballroom/Meeting Rooms • Typical guestroom floor (not required on each floor) Has the maximum distance requirement of 295 ft from each LAN room to outlet been maintained? If the building is very large or a high rise, does the distance between LAN Rooms and main computer room and telephone room exceed 295 ft, such that a fiber optic backbone is required? Confirm that the quad faceplate outlets for administration have 1 x 4 pair Category 5E (voice) with two pair punched down on each RJ11C and 2 x 5 pair Category 5E (date) cables. Confirm that the two double outlet faceplates for the guestrooms have 1 x 4 pair Category 5E (voice) with two pair punched down on each RJ11C and 2 x 4 pair Category 5E (data) cables. Confirm that a fax patch panel has been provided in the telephone operators room. Have P.O. S. power and data outlet locations been coordinated with the Food Service consultant and Interior Designer? Telephone Systems Verify that the telephone switch and handsets are provided in the general contract based on FHR Specifications. Card Access and Door Alarm Security System The preferred method for card access control is to integrate door alarm points and hardwired card reader locations into the “Time Lox” or equivalent electronic door locking system. Card readers controlling electric strikes along with door alarm contacts to monitor forced entry are required at the following locations: • Staff entry (with remote release from security office, door alarm contacts may be deleted). • Access doors from parking garage into back-of-house corridors for frequent use by employees. Access doors from the loading dock into back-of-house service corridor. • Access door into valet cashier’s room (if direct access from exterior). • Any other secure location which has access from an unsecured area and where employees require frequent access (i.e., silver storage, liquor storage, etc.). Have magnetic door alarm contacts been provided at unsupervised exterior perimeter doors?

REV.

MARCH 2006


277


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Have Category 5E data cable rough-in provisions for electronic card key encoding equipment been provided at the following locations? • Front desk • Security office • Concierge desk Pushbutton Alarm and Assistance Systems Have the following systems been provided? • VIP arrival system consisting of pushbutton at front desk (1) and each doorman’s stand with a buzzer annunciation in general manager’s office. (Number of pushbuttons varies depending on length of desk and number of workstations). • Help/Assistance request buttons at each front desk registration location and at the front desk cashier location (if separate) with a blue flashing light in the front office manager’s office. • Doorman’s Help/Assistance request buttons at each doorman’s stand with a buzzer annunciation at the concierge desk. • Concierge Help/Assistance system with button at concierge desk and a buzzer in the concierge work room. • Alarm pushbuttons at: - front desk cashier’s locations - main cashier’s office - staff safety deposit box room - valet or parking cashier’s room with separate flashing red lights in the telephone operator’s room. • Guest Safety Deposit Security System consisting of: - pushbutton inside guest safety deposit box viewing room with a buzzer to front registration desk - electric strike controlled from front registration desk for guest access. • Cashier’s VCR Activation System consisting of a pushbutton in the cashier’s office to start the VCR connected to the CCTV camera automatically for one (1) hour • Sauna Emergency System consisting of pushbuttons inside or outside steam and sauna rooms with buzzers in Health Club Reception Desk. (The pushbutton systems shall be interconnected to the buzzer via a latching panel which sends a signal to a flashing light in the telephone operator’s room if the alarm is not responded to within 30 seconds).

REV.

MARCH 2006


278


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Closed Circuit TV and Audio Monitoring System Since there are numerous cameras providing output signals to TV monitors in a variety of locations, a matrix switching arrangement provides the optimum solution. Has a microprocessor based matrix switcher been provided for the CCTV system? Have the following minimum quantity of cameras been provided? • Swimming pool (with two-way loudspeaker) • Staff entrance (with intercom) • Main lobby (pinhole type, no loudspeaker) • Front desk (pinhole type, no loudspeaker) • Cashier’s office (pinhole type, no loudspeaker) • Guest safety deposit box room – staff side (no loudspeaker) • Loading dock (outdoor type, with two-way loudspeaker) • Health Club exercise room (with two-way loudspeaker) • Underground parking areas (as applicable) Have the following color TV monitors been provided? • Approximately 4-5 monitors in both the security office and telephone operator’s room in sequential switching mode for entire system (i.e. one monitor for 4 cameras). • One (1) holding monitor in security office to view any one selected camera on full-time basis. • Duplicate monitor and switcher for Health Club exercise room and pool in health club desk. Have time lapse VCR’s (both recording and playback) been provided in the security office along with a separate VCR for the cashier’s office? Has an audio monitoring system complete with microphone control at the security desk been provided? Has a remote microphone and speaker been provided in the Health Club and Spa Reception desk for the pool area CCTV camera? Intercom System Has a “room service intercom’ system between the room service office and set-up area been provided (additional intercom to kitchen hot line if line not visible)? Has a “loading dock intercom” system between the receiving office and loading dock entrance door been provided? Has a “staff entrance intercom” system between the security office and staff entrance been provided? Television System Either an underground cable television system or satellite/terrestrial antenna system may be used to provided television signals for the hotel Channel selection shall include the minimum of:

REV.

MARCH 2006


279


APPENDICES

YES

NO

• Local channels • • English speaking channel (NBC) • CNN • Movie channel • In-house safety movie Have TV outlets been located in the following locations: • All guest bedrooms and living rooms • All public area bars and entertainment rooms • Staff dining • Ballrooms and meeting rooms in the “AV” baseboard provision • Health Club exercise room adjacent to each piece of equipment • Staff boardroom and training room • In TV storage room and TV repair area Miscellaneous Communication Systems Have the following communication systems been provided under the general contract? • Portable handheld radios including repeater station, microphone control console and transmission line. (Approximate quantity of 11 for city hotels and 20 for resorts). • Portable pagers including transmitter, base station and transmission line. (Approximate quantity of 20 keynote and 10 Bravo for city hotels; 32 keynote and 15 Bravo for resorts). • Wireless remote sound system for the hearing impaired in the large ballroom as per Local Code requirements. Power Distribution System and Electric Service The power distribution system design shall comply with the applicable Local Code, however, the following minimum requirements should be provided: • Two (2) main power transformers with secondary switchboard interconnections with a tie breaker. Ideal design is each transformer loaded 50% with full redundancy, however, 66% loading with generator in the event of transformer failure is acceptable. 100% loading of transformers is acceptable only if transformers are utility-owned with rapid replacement in the event of failure. • Power factor correction capacitors for main switchboard. • Distribution panels and motor control centers located adjacent to large loads such as kitchens, laundry, function rooms, mechanical plant, etc. • Separate automatic transfer switch for fire pumps as per North American Standards. REV.

MARCH 2006


280


APPENDICES

YES

NO

•

Separate automatic transfer switch for firefighter’s elevator in high-rise buildings. • One-hour fire rated conductors (MICC) for life-safety equipment in high-rise buildings. • Reduced voltage starters shall be provided for motors 20 HP and larger unless local codes are more stringent. • Total voltage drop from electric service to final branch outlet device shall be 5% or 4% to suit local code. Is there redundancy in the number of high voltage services serving the main substation (i.e. more than one)? Two services in a looped configuration is recommended. Emergency Power Is the emergency power generator serving essential equipment? For high-rise hotels, is the emergency generator suitably sized with capacity to service the smoke-control and smoke-venting fans? In resort areas or areas where power outages are frequent or longer than four (4) hours, has emergency power been extended into guestrooms and other important areas? In third world countries or other locations where power is very unreliable, have provisions been made for 100% emergency power? Does the emergency generator room layout and design include acoustic plenums and silencers on the intake and exhaust to limit noise to adjacent properties? Lighting Systems

Depending on the project, lighting system equipment is generally divided into the following responsibilities: • Back-of-house utility lighting specified by the electrical engineer, supplied and installed by the electrical contractor. • Front-of-house lighting (such as downlights) specified by the electrical engineer, supplied and installed by the electrical contractor. • Decorative and architectural grade front-of-house lighting specified by the interior lighting designer; supplied and installed by the electrical contractor. • Exterior decorative lighting specified by the exterior lighting designer; supplied and installed by the electrical contractor. • Custom decorative chandeliers, wall sconces and guestroom lighting specified and/or selected by the interior lighting designer after tender; supplied by FF&E or in general contract, assembled and installed by the electrical contractor. Has the split in responsibility been agreed with all members of the design team and construction team?

REV.

MARCH 2006


281


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Special Audio/Visual Equipment Is all equipment such as projectors included in FF&E or in general contract? CONSULTANT CHECK-LIST Back-of-House Areas Loading Dock & Garbage Area: • Rodent sentry and fly eliminator • Ecolo-matic • Miscellaneous power for compactor and dumper • Overhead door(s) with control in receiving office • Special mounting heights of devices • Power for refrigeration unit for garbage room • Power for pressure washer • Payphone and house phone • Intercom to receiving office • CCTV • Card access for security • Cart wash “jet” washer connection • Baler and crusher connection in recycling • Cold temperature ballasts for lighting (if applicable) • Power for dock leveler (if applicable) Staff Entrance: • Intercom to security office • CCTV camera • Card reader access to electric latch with additional remote release pushbutton in security office Security Office: • CCTV monitors integrated into millwork along with CCTV controls and VCR’s • Audio monitoring console and microphone (for CCTV) • Door alarm and card access system printer (from electronic card locking system) • Remote fire alarm printer • Intercom to staff entrance Staff Lockers and Washroom: • Hand and hair dryers • Outlet for shoe shine • Shaver outlets in men’s washrooms and outlets • Payphone and house phone • Miscellaneous receptacles for cleaning equipment • Waterproof lighting in showers

REV.

MARCH 2006


282


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Staff Training Room: • Motorized projection screen • Power and signal for TV/Video center • Quadplex voice/data • Multi-level switching of fluorescent lighting • Wall phone Staff Dining: • Background music system for circulation space source with local volume control • Power and signal for TV • Power for vending machine • Two payphones and house phones • Power outlets for housekeeping • Kitchen equipment connections • Incandescent lighting in lounge area Back-of-House Offices: • Quadplex power adjacent P.C. plus additional duplex • Quad voice/Data • Individual switch for control of lighting • Fluorescent lighting (except where visible from exterior). • UPS power where described in FHR’s Standards Interior Parking Areas: • Lighting levels for security purposes • Telephone at every stairwell • CCTV at foyer (as applicable) • Card access for security • Upgraded lighting and power at car washing area • Miscellaneous power throughout the parking area • Power and signal connection for payment and parking control system Maintenance and Engineering Area: • Power and signal outlets for TV in TV storage room and TV work bench • 15 amp, 30 amp and 50 amp power required in general work area as per FHR’s Standards • Connection to separate exhaust system in paint shop • Connection to radial arm saw, compressor, moveable table saw, bandsaw, drill press in carpentry shop Computer Room: • Contains hubs and network servers in shelf or rack mounted configuration (minimum 16 duplex outlets in UPS) REV.

MARCH 2006


283


APPENDICES

YES

NO

•

Room contains floor mounted UPS and separate air conditioning unit, all on emergency power • Interconnection to PBX equipment room and telephone operator’s room • Termination point of all fiber or copper backbone cabling from hubs Telephone Operator’s Room: • Lighting and emergency power • Each workstation with normal and UPS power, Quad data/voice outlet, 25 pair telephone cable outlet and paging telephone outlet • CCTV monitors and audio monitoring controls • VCR’s • Red alarm lights for front desk cashier, main cashier office, staff safety deposit box, valet/parking cashier and sauna • Remote fire alarm printer or annunciator • Master pocket paging station • Walk-in cooler/freezer alarm annunciation • UPS power and data outlet for POS printer • Power bar for battery chargers for portable radios and pagers Luggage Storage: • CCTV camera • House phone • One power outlet Valet/Parking Cashier • UPS power • Quadplex voice/data • Alarm pushbutton (to telephone operator’s room) • Card access entry (to be reviewed on each project) Prefunction Area “AV-1”, “AV-2”, “AV-3” GR and 200 amp power panels in ballroom, meeting rooms and prefunction areas. “AV-2”, “AV-3” and “AV-4” panels in meeting rooms depending on size. Control niches for telephone, lighting, volume and screen controls in each room and associated prefunction area. Independent sound systems with capability for “combining” into one room. Door hold-open devices. Power for food warming carts in service corridor. “Do Not Disturb” light in service corridor of function room. Lighting bar and ceiling power in ballroom with dimmer in control niche. Separate electrical room and sound system equipment room.

REV.

MARCH 2006


284


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Spa/Fitness Center Reception Desk: • Workstations with power and computer outlets (usual quantity of 2) • Power and computer outlet for printer • Telephone outlets for guest and staff use • Miscellaneous power supply • Power for battery chargers • CCTV monitor and switches for pool and exercise room • Microphone for two-way audio monitoring of pool (indoor pool only) • Volume control for background music system for circulation space • Buzzers for sauna emergency alarm Exercise Area: • Separate circuit for each piece of equipment • Power and TV outlet at base of each piece of equipment • Local music volume control • CCTV camera • Emergency telephone • Two wall-mounted TV signal and power outlets • Portable sound system Sauna and Steam: • Emergency pushbutton to alarm at reception desk • Sauna temperature control outside of sauna room Pool Area: • CCTV camera and speaker • Minimum two underwater lights in pool and minimum one light in whirlpool • Underwater speakers in pool (Resort only) • Emergency telephone • Separate times switch for whirlpool Massage Rooms: • Dimmer control for lighting • Local volume control to ceiling speaker for background music • Power above shelf for portable cassette/CD player • Wall telephone • Three duplex power outlets at low level and one above counter Locker/Showers: • Built-in swimsuit dryer

REV.

MARCH 2006


285


APPENDICES

YES

NO

• House and payphone • Power for hair dryer • Cleaning receptacle Front-of-House Areas Front Desk: • VIP pushbutton(s) (to General Manager) • Help/Assistance pushbutton (to front office manager) • Alarm pushbutton (to telephone operator’s room) • Guest safety deposit box room electric door release pushbutton • Buzzer from guest safety deposit box room • Normal (IG) and UPS power • Telephone outlets • Credit card verification outlet (telephone line) • Data outlets • Data cable rough-in for electronic card key encoder • CCTV camera Concierge Desk: • Buzzer annunciation from doorman’s stand for Help/Assistance • Help/Assistance pushbutton (to concierge work room) • Normal (IG) and UPS power outlets • Telephone • Data • Credit card verification outlet (telephone) • CCTV camera Concierge Work Room: • Buzzer annunciation from concierge desk • Facsimile • Data/telephone for airline tickets • Normal (IG) power outlets • Quadplex voice/data • Location of volume controls for circulation spaces (optional) • Photocopier power • Dimmer control location for lobby (optional) Porte Cochère • CCTV camera (as required) • Power for pressure washer • Miscellaneous power • Doorman’s stand(s) with power, voice/data, VIP pushbutton and Help/Assistance pushbutton • Snowmelting and radiant heating (as applicable)

REV.

MARCH 2006


286


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Lobby: • Two (2) telephone outlets for guests • CCTV camera • Power for table lamps as per interior designer • Background music speakers • Illuminated display cabinets (as applicable) • Reception desk and concierge desk Guest Safety Deposit Box Viewing Room • Electric strike released from front desk and GSDB (staff side) • Chandelier and wall sconce lighting • Pushbutton above counter to operate buzzer at front desk • CCTV camera (staff side) • Duplex power receptacle Main Dining Room and Café: • Dimmer controls and background music controls adjacent to service stand • Independent sound system with interconnection to main background music rack • Service stand with local lighting, UPS and normal (IG) power, data (POS), telephone and credit card verification outlets • Maitre D’ position with quadplex voice/data, power and local lighting • Power for cleaning outlets, table lamps, etc. as per interior designer Typical Guestroom Floor Corridor: • Cleaning receptacles on 40 ft centres • Power for table lamps and picture lights as per interior designer • House telephone at elevator lobby • Life-safety and fire alarm devices in unobtrusive location. Includes smoke detectors, EVC speakers, pull station and fire fighter’s handsets • Decorative lighting as per interior designer • Are cable trays located in corridor ceiling? If so, what access provisions have been made? Maid’s Rooms: • House phone • Separate lighting switch Ice Machine Room: • Incandescent lighting with separate switch • Two separate circuits for ice machine REV.

MARCH 2006


287


APPENDICES

YES

NO

Electrical and LAN Closet: • Separate room for LAN equipment Typical Guestroom Provisions: • Power, telephone, lighting and TV outlets as per interior designer • Confirm if 120 volt (US) outlet is required at desk • Handicapped provisions such as strobes, vibrating pillow, etc. as per local code Special Guestrooms Sound System: • Residential stereo conduit rough-in for Two-Bedroom and Presidential Suites. Includes two systems with two speakers in master bedroom and four speakers in living room and dining room. Homerun location is armoire unit in each room. SPECIFICATIONS Power Distribution Have copper conductors and bus been specified? Has electrical equipment been suitably dearated for temperature in areas where ambient temperatures are in the range of 105 F ? Have concealed conduit and devices been specified in all front-of-house areas and back-of-house areas except storage and service rooms? Have lamacoid nameplates been specified for all equipment? Is the interrupting capacity of all distribution panels and switchgear been specified to ensure that the equipment can safely withstand the available fault current? Have one or all of the following wiring methods been described? • Enclosed bus duct for main transformers • Multi-core armored cables or cables in conduit for large feeders to distribution pads, motor control centers and branch panelboards • Small branch circuit wiring in conduit or unarmored double insulated cable in tray for devices in ceiling space or in hollow cavity walls Emergency Power Does the generator specification include a statement for “the generator to handle a 100% load step”? Does the transfer switch specification include bypass provisions in order to avoid shutting down the load or maintenance?

REV.

MARCH 2006


288


APPENDICES

YES

NO

In certain locations, local codes require a central battery or inverter to supply power to designated emergency luminaires for the 10 second outage during which the generator starts. Is this specified? Lighting Lighting fixture selection shall be based on FHR’s Standards and on input from the interior lighting designer, however, the following minimum requirements should be met: • Fluorescent luminaires shall be energy efficient type with T-8 lamps and electronic ballasts. Ballasts shall be HPF type with low harmonic content. • Fluorescent back-of-house luminaire selection shall be based on the lowest cost for the local region, hower, 1’ x 4’ and 2 x 4’ are recommended. • Line voltage, architectural grade, open reflector downlights shall have standard lamps. • Low voltage luminaires shall be specified with integral transformers. Does the electrical specification include the dimming specification and lighting “cuts” from the interior lighting designer? Fire Alarm System Have smoke detectors in guestrooms been specified with their own local audible alarm? For high-rise buildings, has a fire rated riser cable been specified? Lighting Protection System Two systems are available – North American based with independent copper down conductors in conduit, or European based, where the structural steel may be used as down conductors. Which is specified? If upright air terminals are specified at the top of the building, are they visible? The alternative is a flat copper tape.

REV.

MARCH 2006


289

Design Standards HOTEL March2006

Recommend Documents